Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
ID
Question
Publish
bullet:link
Path
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Last edited time
Assigned to
Created by
Last edited by
2
Publish
'Certified' solutions offer deeper integration with Mixvoip services, including exceptional vendor support and extensive documentation, ideal for vendors who collaborate closely with Mixvoip. 'Compatible' products meet fundamental integration standards and are verified to work seamlessly with our services, ensuring reliable operation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Mar 11, 2026 12:15 PM GMT+5:30
3
Publish
/faq
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all FAQs.
Home page
Published
Hide in global DB
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
5
Publish
/faq/voxbi
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all Voxbi Cloud PBX FAQs.
Voxbi
Published
Hide in global DB
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
6
Publish
/faq/voxbi/migrating-from-voxbi-legacy-to-voxbi-2
To migrate your configuration, follow our step by step guide. In a rush? Here’s a summary:
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi
Published
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
7
Publish
Please head over to our Impressum where we list the LEI for the different entities.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
8
Publish
Within DORA the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is being used. Please head over to our Impressum to see the LEI codes for our entities.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
9
Publish
On our Impressum you can see in which countries we are registered as telecom operator including the regulatory body and our reference there.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
11
Publish
With our internet installation packages, we can provide you with a Fritzbox for your connection. However, our technicians are trained to work with a wide range of modems. This gives you the flexibility to choose the modem that best suits your needs, and we’ll ensure your internet line is set up properly on the device you select.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:38 PM GMT+5:30
12
Publish
If you already have internet with Mixvoip and you are moving, you only need to contact our experts here, they will contact you back to plan everything, to make sure you have the new internet line when you need to.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
13
Publish
Absolutely! Whether you need a brand-new mobile number or wish to keep your current one, we've got you covered. We offer new mobile numbers and can also handle the porting process to transfer your existing number to our services, ensuring a smooth transition.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
14
Publish
The contract duration of a new internet line is 2 years by default. Exceptions might apply for customized connectivity solutions. This will be clearly stated on our quote.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
15
Publish
All employees within the company are receiving internal security trainings (GDPR, ISO, …) at a regular basis. Certifications including external and internal trainings are also provided to ensure that employees are following best practices. You can find various certifications under our accreditations page.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
16
Publish
We carry out regular audits and tests to maintain the security and compliance of our services. These include annual certifications like ISO 27001, regulatory audits, and internal vulnerability scans. For more details about our certifications and regulatory framework, please visit our accreditations page.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
17
Publish
As of November 1, 2024, Mixvoip employed approximately 63 full-time equivalents (FTEs) respecting local minimum wage regulation. This figure represents the combined employees of Mixvoip SA and its subsidiaries in which Mixvoip holds at least an 80% ownership stake. Outsourced consultants are excluded from this calculation.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
18
Publish
Mixvoip generates over 12 million in annual revenue, including revenue from subsidiaries with at least 80% ownership.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
19
Publish
Within DORA our type of services are the following, depending on the services we provide to you:
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
20
Publish
RZECZKOWSKI Marcin & KISTINGER Clemens
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
21
Publish
Once a year, Mixvoip generates a report on its financial health to ensure continuity of performance. This report is prepared by a committee including one external accounting firm and our CFO. It includes key metrics such as debt burden, cash reserves, projected cash flow trends, and revenue. Additionally, the report provides recommendations for maintaining financial stability and resilience. This report is reviewed by the executive committee and the board of directors to ensure adequate funding and proactive risk management.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
22
Publish
Whenever a legal requirement (e.g. Regulators, Law Enforcement, …) is given, Mixvoip grants matching inspection rights
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
23
Publish
Yes, the European Working Time Directive 2003/88/EC is mandatory in Luxembourg. As an EU member state, Luxembourg is required to align its national labor laws with this directive, which establishes minimum standards for working hours, rest periods, and annual leave to protect workers’ health and safety.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
24
Publish
Non-compliance can lead to legal consequences, including fines and other penalties. Moreover, non-compliant companies may face heightened risks related to employee grievances or reputational damage, underscoring the importance of adhering to these regulations.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
25
Publish
EU member states have incorporated the requirements of Directive 2003/88/EC into their national labor codes. These regulations address key provisions such as maximum weekly working hours, rest periods, and minimum paid annual leave. Employers within the Union are required to comply with these laws to meet both national and EU standards.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
26
Publish
Mixvoip is ISO 27001 certified, which requires us to have adequate and resilient technical infrastructure to support service continuity. As part of our certification, our technical equipment and continuity measures are reviewed and audited regularly to ensure compliance with ISO 27001 standards. This certification provides assurance that we meet internationally recognized requirements for the security, reliability, and resilience of our technical infrastructure.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
28
Publish
Mixvoip conducts all operations in EUR.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
29
Publish
Organizations can leverage tools like Tempus, which offers automated time tracking, compliance monitoring, and reporting features to help employers effectively meet the directive’s requirements. Tempus streamlines compliance processes and ensures transparency in record-keeping, making it easier for organizations to adhere to national labor laws and the European Directive.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
30
Publish
Certain exceptions and flexibilities are permitted and integrated into labor laws. For example, specific industries or job roles (such as emergency services or seasonal work) may be subject to adapted requirements. However, these exceptions must still prioritize employee safety and well-being.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
31
Publish
A formal risk governance framework is in place as part of our ISO 27001 certification and aligns with NIS2 and DORA requirements. In addition to that it is necessary to fulfill the german TKG and also SERIMA. Management has approved these policies, covering risk assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and review processes.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
32
Publish
In line with ISO 27001 guidelines, we have systems in place to monitor and detect security incidents. These are managed by our internal Incident Management Team. Customers can provide a designated contact for incident notifications through email, ticket submission or our web panel. If a security incident occurs, we ensure the designated contact is promptly informed with all relevant details.
ISO27001
DORA
GDPR
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
33
Publish
We categorize the substitutability of third-party ICT service providers into four levels:
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
34
Publish
While Mixvoip does not have a formalized environmental policy with specific targets, sustainability is a key focus, and the company is committed to minimizing its environmental impact. This includes initiatives such as going paperless, offering organic refreshments, using electric vehicles, and planting trees to offset its carbon footprint. Additionally, the data centers operate with 100% green electricity, utilize free cooling, recycle biomass, and continuously monitor energy efficiency to reduce CO₂ emissions and improve sustainability.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
35
Publish
The Business Continuity and resilience framework is established per ISO 27001 and further developed under NIS2 and DORA guidelines to ensure ongoing resilience, with policies for response, continuity, and regular review.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
36
Publish
The impact of subcontracted ICT services depends on the substitutability of the service and how it is integrated into the customer’s operations. While some services may not be easily replaced, our mission is to provide reliable and consistent services to minimize potential disruptions for our customers. You can find the information on our subcontracted ICT services here.
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
37
Publish
Yes, we rely on subcontractors for ICT service provisioning, in accordance with DORA requirements and GDPR standards. For detailed information about our subcontractors, including provisioning locations and storage details, please refer to our third-party providers.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
38
Publish
We only select subcontractors who are compliant with the DORA for our critical and important ICT services.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
40
Publish
The Information Security Program is comprehensively documented under our ISO 27001-certified ISMS and includes policies that have been formally approved by management and communicated to all relevant parties.
DORA
ISO27001
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
41
Publish
All our ICT subcontractors are classified as Rank 2 under the DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act) framework.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
42
Publish
Mixvoip manages its entire IT infrastructure, including installation, configuration, and operational management like backup and restore, using its own data centers and in-house personnel. While Mixvoip maintains contracts with selected external providers for limited support, such as advanced hardware replacement, these contracts do not grant access to any scoped systems, data, or processing facilities. This approach enables Mixvoip to retain full control over system access and aligns with our stringent security and compliance standards, minimizing reliance on external entities.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
43
Publish
/faq/tempus/where-can-i-find-the-tempus-onboarding-manual
We have a nice onboarding tutorial. Click here to open it.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
44
Publish
NIS2 stands for “Network & Information Security Directive” which is defined in the Directive on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union from the EU.
NIS2
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
45
Publish
Yes, Mixvoip stores and processes customer data in full compliance with GDPR. This data is securely stored on servers located within the European Union, ensuring adherence to the highest standards of data protection, privacy, and security. For more information, visit our GDPR page.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
46
Publish
DORA is the short term for the Digital Operational Resilience Act, a EU regulation.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
47
Publish
With GDPR we refer to the General Data Protection Regulation of the EU.
GDPR
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
48
Publish
ISO27001 is our short term for the ISO/IEC 27001 from the International Organization for Standardization and is the world`s best-known standard for information security management systems.
ISO27001
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
49
Publish
To obtain an updated contract that complies with DORA requirements, please be informed that our updated terms and conditions are fully DORA-compliant, specifically sections 1.5.3 and 1.12.8 address these requirements. To ensure that your inventory of Mixvoip services is current, please contact our billing department at billing@mixvoip.com. They will provide you with a contract quote listing all your existing services and service level agreements (SLAs), without modifying the duration of your contract. This quote, together with our terms and conditions, will form your contractual relationship with Mixvoip and will be fully compliant with DORA.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
50
Publish
Yes, we offer separate internet packages for private individuals and for businesses. Click here to view all residential internet offers.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Dec 15, 2025 02:58 AM GMT+5:30
51
Publish
/faq/tempus/where-can-i-find-descriptions-for-tempus-security-group-permissions
You can hover over any permission name to see its description. We understand the current names may not always be clear, so we’re revising them to make them easier to understand. Click here to view a table with the current and revised permission names, along with their descriptions.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
52
Publish
/faq/compliance/how-does-mixvoip-interpret-the-current-situation-of-using-ai-to-summarize-phone-calls
We leverage AI to generate summaries of phone calls, ensuring compliance with GDPR while enhancing customer service. According to guidance from the BfDI, storing AI-generated summaries without recording spoken word may not require consent. Mixvoip views this as an example of data minimization and justifies the practice under legitimate interests and contractual necessity. Click here to read the full answer.
GDPR
EU AI Act
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
53
Publish
Mixvoip SA has a D-U-N-S number, available in our Impressum.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
54
Publish
/faq/voxbi/firewall-settings
The port configuration can be found here: Voxbi - Network communication
Not published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
56
Publish
Perform a Speed Test:
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
Internet Standart
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:48 PM GMT+5:30
57
Publish
Our Retail internet packages meet the demands of retail business operations during weekends and peak periods like Christmas, offer extended support hours and quicker intervention times, available seven days a week. These are designed to ensure reliability during critical business times, unlike our standard fiber options which cater to general needs with more affordable pricing.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
59
Publish
Yes, an SLA contract is tied to each individual internet line. Therefore, you will need to sign an SLA for each site where you have an internet line to ensure coverage and service quality at every location.
SLA
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
60
Publish
We provide several test numbers you can use for different testing purposes:
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
61
Publish
To check if your services are covered by an SLA or to upgrade your SLA, you can reach out to our account managers. They are more than happy to outline your current SLA coverage and discuss options for upgrades to meet your specific needs. You can book a meeting with your account manager here.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
62
Publish
Purchasing services directly from infrastructure providers often lacks the personalized service and customer support that Mixvoip offers. Beyond just providing connectivity, we add value with tailored solutions, expert support, and integrated services to meet specific business needs. In a business environment, support for not only connectivity, but also network issues (including LAN and Wi-Fi), is crucial.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
63
Publish
To transfer while on a call with Voxbi, follow these steps:
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
1. Press
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will ask you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you with the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
*.5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
64
Publish
You can contact our technicians or our sales team directly via the internet page “Contact us”. You can also book a meeting with one of our team members to find answers to all your questions.
Home page
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
66
Publish
Once you fill out the form on our SLA claim page, we strive to process your claim as quickly as possible. Typically, it takes us between 2-3 weeks to analyze your claim and issue the credit notice. This time frame allows us to thoroughly investigate the reported issue and ensure accurate credit issuance.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
67
Publish
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension, which is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile has voicemail enabled, the call can be intercepted by your voicemail if it picks up before you do. Since the system can’t distinguish between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
Voxbi
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
68
Publish
Although support for telephony, local network, and Wi-Fi is not included in our retail internet packages, we offer specialized packages for the needs of shops, restaurants, and salons. These packages come with very competitive pricing and provide support seven days a week to cover all your communication needs.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
70
Publish
We would be happy to work with you! To find all the information about a partnership with Mixvoip, you can discover our page dedicated to this subject by clicking here.
Home page
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
71
Publish
Installing our own cables isn’t feasible due to the enormous logistical, economic, and ecological challenges it would present. It's more practical and sustainable for local infrastructure providers to build and maintain the raw cable infrastructure. This strategy is economically efficient and ecologically sound. By accessing these existing networks, Mixvoip focuses on delivering added value through our telecommunications services, ensuring customers receive high-quality, cost-effective solutions.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
72
Publish
Yes, upgrading your internet line to a higher speed is in most cases easy. Just reach out to our sales team, and we can plan the upgrade without any intervention. Please note that in some scenarios, you might need to upgrade your router or choose a faster router from our managed router model to fully benefit from the increased speed.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
75
Publish
Vendors can start the certification process by submitting an application to support@mixvoip.com. The application should include details about the product and how it integrates with Mixvoip services. Our team will review the submission and guide you through the next steps, including any necessary testing and documentation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
76
Publish
Not all Emios Internet packages are fiber-based. Some buildings are not yet connected to the fiber network, and only DSL may be available, offering speeds below 100 Mbit/s. You can verify the available options for your address using our internet search page. The fiber network is expanding quickly, so availability may improve over time.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
77
Publish
Voxbi is available on Windows and mobile (Play Store for Android and App Store for iOS).
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
admin
Voxbi
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
78
Publish
"Support hours" refer to the times customer service is available to help with general inquiries and support issues. "Fault processing hours" are specifically for technical teams to address and resolve service faults or disruptions, typically offering extended time slots to ensure you are never without internet.
SLA
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
79
Publish
Yes, we offer highly redundant internet lines that enter the building through different paths. Many business premises can be connected via multiple routes, and we supply the fiber route maps, known as KMZ or KML files, for complete transparency. The internet lines can be set up to terminate on either separate routers or a single router. By using BGP (Border Gateway Protocol), we enable dynamic failover and manage redundancy.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
80
Publish
The "monitoring and alerting" feature specifically tracks the real-time status of your network connectivity, sending alerts for any disruptions to ensure quick resolution. "Bandwidth graphs" visually represent the usage of your network's bandwidth over time, helping you monitor traffic patterns and manage network capacity effectively. Together, these tools are crucial for optimizing and maintaining reliable internet connectivity.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
81
Publish
Mixvoip does not provide router access by default but grants full administrative rights for free upon request, allowing customers complete independence in managing their IT and internet security. For connections like copper DSL and coax, a modem might be necessary; however, the setup remains transparent. Customers may also configure their own devices using provided PPPOE credentials or fixed IP parameters depending on the connectivity service selected.
Internet main
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:04 PM GMT+5:30
82
Publish
We usually do not transfer SLA credits to your bank account. Instead, we issue a credit notice and deduct the amount from your next month's invoice. This method ensures that your account balance is adjusted accurately and efficiently.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
83
Publish
The IP address assigned to your services will come from Mixvoip's own block of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Mixvoip handles the allocation of IP addresses, ensuring optimal performance and adherence to internet governance standards. Both static and dynamic options are available, depending on client needs.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
85
Publish
If we fail to meet the service levels outlined in your SLA contract, such as taking longer than the specified time to resolve an issue, you are eligible to claim SLA credits. You can initiate the claim process by filling out the form on our SLA claim page. Ensure to provide all necessary details about the service issue.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
88
Publish
Experience hassle-free billing with Mixvoip - all your invoices will be conveniently delivered to your inbox and accessible anytime on your personal Mixvoip platform. For any assistance, feel free to reach out to billing@mixvoip.com.
Home page
Published
Feb 20, 2026 07:03 PM GMT+5:30
89
Publish
Businesses often require the same upload and download speeds due to applications like video conferencing, data backups, and large file transfers. A symmetrical setup, though potentially more costly, avoids bottlenecks and should be considered for businesses with more than 30 users. Investing in a symmetrical connection ensures efficient data handling, minimizes latency, and supports consistent performance.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
90
Publish
The bandwidth on DIA (Dedicated Internet Access) lines is dedicated, not shared. These are point-to-point connections, meaning a specific portion of fiber is reserved exclusively for your use. Unlike shared technologies like X-GPON, DIA lines ensure consistent performance and reliable connectivity, as your bandwidth is not affected by other users.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
91
Publish
Mixvoip ensures each customer receives a unique, dynamically allocated IPv4 address by default, with no sharing of IP addresses or use of carrier-grade NAT. For a nominal fee, this can be upgraded to a fixed IPv4 address. We adhere to strict net neutrality, blocking no traffic to provide the purest internet experience. IPv6 blocks are also available at no extra cost.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
92
Publish
The labels "certified," "compatible," or "supported" do not guarantee quick replacements for hardware. These designations indicate that the hardware meets certain technical standards or compatibility criteria with our systems. For guaranteed quick replacements, we have our “guaranteed-stock” list of hardware, which specifically ensures availability for rapid dispatch when needed. Click here to consult this list and learn more about our “guaranteed-stock”.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
95
Publish
With a SEPA Direct Debit Mandate, you can set up easy, automatic payments directly from your bank account. It’s an easy way to stay on top of your bills and never worry about missing a payment.
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
Billing
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
96
Publish
For selecting internet bandwidth, it's generally recommended to start with at least 1 Gbit/s, especially for businesses utilizing cloud services. If higher bandwidth is available at your location, opting for more can enhance productivity and prevent slow internet from impacting your operations. This recommendation applies both to large enterprises and SMEs, where the demand for bandwidth is consistently growing.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
97
Publish
An SMS is limited to 160 characters when using standard GSM-7 encoding (the most common encoding for text messages). This includes spaces, punctuation, and special characters.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
98
Publish
Mixvoip’sr flatrate packages that allow unlimited calls to over 100 destinations for only €9.90 per user per month, are exclusively available for PBX systems that have achieved Mixvoip's certification levels of "certified" or "compatible." This includes systems like Innovaphone, Starface, Wildix, 3CX, Asterisk, Freeswitch, Avaya, and Microsoft Teams, provided they are managed by a Mixvoip channel partner.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
SIP trunk
Published
Dec 9, 2025 08:25 PM GMT+5:30
101
Publish
Yes, we do! Documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com.
Voxbi
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
106
Publish
Yes, we provide managed IT contracts that cover support, maintenance, updates, and guaranteed intervention times for a fixed monthly fee. Unlike hourly billing under a standard support contract, these agreements ensure predictable costs.
Support contracts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
107
Publish
Before setting up a managed IT contract, we conduct an initial assessment of your IT infrastructure to calculate a fixed monthly cost that covers:
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
Support contracts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
108
Publish
“Zone 1" refers to areas where we guarantee a Time to Intervene (TTI) as outlined in our Service Level Agreements (SLAs). This means that for customers located in Zone 1, we commit to a defined maximum intervention time for on-site support, ensuring faster response when assistance is needed.
Travelling costs
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
113
Publish
The prices shown on each printer’s page include the cost of the selected printer, delivery, and setup with testing on one computer, regardless of whether you purchase just the printer or choose our managed printer service.
Printer
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
114
Publish
We let you choose what fits you the most: purchase your printer and print whenever you need, with no other fees or commitments, or get a printer for your business with a monthly fee and pay for the pages you print, whether in black & white or color.
Printer
Not published
Jan 24, 2026 10:53 PM GMT+5:30
115
Publish
Mixvoip has advanced fraud monitoring systems configured with strict parameters and multiple security rules to detect, analyze, and prevent fraudulent activities in real time, allowing us to offer our anti fraud protection. Additionally, our cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, DDoS protection, and DNS Shield, further enhance our ability to safeguard against evolving fraud tactics.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
116
Publish
Mixvoip maintains a fully documented incident management process in line with ISO/IEC 27001 standards. All operational events — including any potential outages — are logged, reviewed, and, when required, notified to relevant regulatory authorities such as ILR, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP, and the appropriate data protection bodies.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
117
Publish
Yes. Mixvoip has a formal, documented cybersecurity framework in place as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). This includes policies, procedures, and controls addressing risk management, access control, incident response, business continuity, and other key areas of cybersecurity.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
118
Publish
Mixvoip does not formally commission a single annual penetration test on its own initiative. However, due to the nature of our customer base — including entities subject to DORA, NIS2, PSF and ISO 27001 requirements — our systems are regularly tested as part of their independent security assessments. Mixvoip proactively collaborates with these customers and their security partners, resulting in multiple penetration testing activities throughout the year that cover various layers of our infrastructure and services. Findings from these tests are tracked and addressed as part of our continuous improvement and ISO/IEC 27001-compliant risk management process.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
119
Publish
No, Mixvoip has never filed for bankruptcy. The company is financially stable and committed to ensuring business continuity. As part of this commitment, Mixvoip conducts regular checks of its financial situation to maintain operational stability and deliver reliable services to its customers.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
120
Publish
Mixvoip has not been the subject of any formal enforcement action. However, we routinely engage with regulatory bodies (e.g., ILR, CNPD, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP) through audits, inspections, and compliance reporting as part of our obligations. Any findings have been resolved without penalty or escalation.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
121
Publish
Mixvoip has knowledge of the financial industry’s legal and regulatory requirements, ensuring compliance with its frameworks. As a trusted ICT partner for over 4,200 business and institutional customers across Luxembourg, Belgium, and Germany, Mixvoip adheres to key regulations such as GDPR, DORA, NIS2, TKG §109 and SERIMA.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
122
Publish
Mixvoip has a clearly defined corporate governance structure supported by internal policies, including those related to information security, compliance, risk management, and operational oversight. Governance principles are embedded across our ISO/IEC 27001-certified management system and organizational practices.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
123
Publish
Mixvoip is not subject to AML obligations under current Luxembourg or EU financial regulations, as we do not provide financial, payment, or fiduciary services. Therefore, we do not maintain a standalone AML policy. However, we fully support our regulated customers in meeting their compliance obligations, and we implement strong Know-Your-Customer (KYC) and due diligence practices where relevant to our operations.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
125
Publish
Yes. Mixvoip maintains a formal risk assessment program as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). All core services — including telephony, cloud PBX, connectivity, and call recording — are subject to regular risk assessments. These evaluations cover technical, operational, regulatory, and data protection risks, and they are reviewed and updated as part of our continuous improvement and compliance processes. e
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
126
Publish
Mixvoip follows the EU Whistleblower Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937), which establishes common minimum standards for the protection of individuals who report breaches of EU law. This directive aims to create a safe and transparent framework across member states, ensuring whistleblowers are protected from retaliation and can report concerns securely. In Luxembourg, this directive has been transposed into national law through the Law of 16 May 2023, which Mixvoip fully complies with, alongside similar regulations in other countries where it operates.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
139
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-login
Visit my.mixvoip.com, and enter your username and password on the administrator login page. For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation. If you are unsure of your credentials, please email us at support@mixvoip.com from your professional email address.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Published
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
140
Publish
The latest version of Voxbi for Windows and Mac is available on our download page. For Linux users, the web application is accessible at voxbi.team
Voxbi Desktop
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
141
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-change-my-admin-password
To change your password, log in to your account on my.mixvoip.com.
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
142
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/ho-do-i-configure-time-based-routing-for-an-answering-machine
Time-based routing allows your phone system to adapt automatically depending on the time of day or day of the week.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
143
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-change-the-name-of-an-extension
Changing the name of an extension helps you identify users more easily within your phone system.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
144
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-add-an-extension
Adding an extension allows you to assign a unique internal number to a user, device, or service within your phone system.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
145
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-setup-mobile-twinning
Mobile Twinning allows you to link your mobile phone to your office extension, so both devices ring at the same time.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
146
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-add-contact-buttons-on-desk-phones
Adding contacts to your desk phone buttons allows you to quickly call or monitor important contacts with a single press.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
147
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/create-an-ivr
Creating an IVR (Interactive Voice Response) allows you to guide callers through a menu using voice prompts and keypad selections.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call flow
IVR
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
148
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-add-a-soundfile
Adding a sound file allows you to customize what callers hear when they interact with your phone system.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
158
Publish
Voxbi is available on :
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
Voxbi Mobile
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Published
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
159
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/qr-code-mobile-provisionning
A QR code allows you to quickly configure and connect the VOXBI mobile application without manually entering account details.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
160
Publish
The difference is based on the type of network used to carry the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
162
Publish
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension and is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile voicemail is enabled, it may intercept the call if it picks up before you do. Since the system cannot differentiate between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way. The most effective solution is to disable your mobile voicemail completely.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
163
Publish
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will prompt you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you to the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
164
Publish
You can find your Voxbi login by contacting your administrator, who will define or send you an email to set up your password. Alternatively, you can reach out to us at support@mixvoip.com using your professional email address for assistance.
Voxbi Desktop
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
165
Publish
Comprehensive API documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com. Explore our APIs to integrate Voxbi functionalities into your projects seamlessly.
Voxbi Desktop
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
166
Publish
To change the ringtone during a call, navigate to Settings > Phone Tab and enable the Second Call Alert. This will play a distinct sound for incoming calls while you’re on another call.
Voxbi Desktop
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
168
Publish
With our Cloud PBX solution, you can send and receive faxes directly from your email. No physical fax machine needed. To send a fax via email follow the instructions on our Mail-to-Fax guide
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:24 PM GMT+5:30
169
Publish
Mixvoip offers a Mail-to-SMS service that allows you to send SMS messages by simply sending an email. Follow the instructions on our Mail-to-SMS guide
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:26 PM GMT+5:30
171
Publish
Easily manage your mobile twinning settings with just a few taps. Watch our Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
172
Publish
VOXBI Mobile offers multiple login methods to provide flexibility, security, and ease of access for users.
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
User Access
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:38 PM GMT+5:30
173
Publish
Take control of your availability with the DND feature. Learn how to activate or deactivate with our Video guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
174
Publish
Start using Voxbi Web in no time with this quick Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
175
Publish
Discover the key features and tools Voxbi Web has to offer with this Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
176
Publish
Organize your contacts into groups for easier communication. Follow the instructions on our Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
177
Publish
Ensure the correct configuration of your headset by watching this Video guide
Voxbi Desktop
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
186
Publish
To use the feature for the first time, go to Voxbi Settings > Phone section and click Request permission to enable it.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
187
Publish
Set your preferred web browser as the default app for TEL links in Windows Default Apps settings.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
188
Publish
If multiple sites are allowed to handle Tel link calls, you need to select a default one. Navigate to your browser’s protocol handlers page (chrome://settings/handlers edge://settings/content/handlers firefox://settings/applications) and select the default browser to handle your tel link calls.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
191
Publish
Click any TEL link on the web, a document, a CRM system, etc. Alternatively, type tel: 35220333000 in the browser URL bar and press Enter. Voxbi should start making an outgoing call and get connected to our test service.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
192
Publish
Ensure your browser is set to be the default app for handling TEL link types in Windows default apps. Simply adding your browser as a default TEL link handler only in the browser’s settings is not enough.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
193
Publish
Make sure the TEL format is written correctly after the colon. Also, confirm that Voxbi is properly registered as the TEL handler in your browser’s settings
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
194
Publish
Some applications might override your default TEL handler. Ensure your CRM or document software allows external TEL links and does not force a different app to handle calls.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
195
Publish
If you manually denied voxbi.team permission to open TEL links in your browser, check whether the Voxbi Desktop app is already set as the default handler for telephone links in Windows. You have to remove it from there as well.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
197
Publish
Navigate to Windows Default Apps, search for TEL and CALLTO link types, and set the Voxbi Desktop App as the default application.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
198
Publish
Scroll through the list of apps handling TEL links, find Voxbi, and manually set it as the default app for opening clickable phone numbers.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
199
Publish
To set up keyboard shortcuts, right-click on the Voxbi tray icon in your Windows taskbar and select "Set Shortcut." You can then customize the key combinations to suit your preferences by following the on-screen instructions.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
200
Publish
Yes! The Voxbi app allows full customization. You can easily update your shortcut preferences in the Set Shortcut section accessed through the tray icon.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
201
Publish
Yes. Highlight a phone number in any application (like a document, email, CRM, or spreadsheet), then press your set shortcut to start a call directly using Voxbi or a PBX system.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
202
Publish
No need to copy-paste! Just highlight the number and hit your assigned keyboard shortcut - Voxbi will handle the rest.
Voxbi Desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
203
Publish
No extra installation is required. The feature is built into the Voxbi Windows Desktop app. Just make sure the app is running and the tray icon is visible.
Voxbi Desktop
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
207
Publish
Ensure the Voxbi app has call permissions enabled in your Android device settings. If necessary, reinstall or update the app to ensure it registers properly.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
208
Publish
Yes, if you select "Always" when prompted. The first time you tap a Tel link on your mobile device, you will be asked to choose an app to handle the call and whether to use it “Just once” or “Always.” To ensure all Tel links are handled by Voxbi going forward, select Voxbi and tap Always.
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
209
Publish
1. Log into your my.mixvoip.com account, and activate the Mobile twinning option from the home page.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
210
Publish
Enable Mobile twinning from the Voxbi settings. Enter your mobile number in the field and select how the phone should ring. Then, update the settings and verify that the extension and mobile ringing are synchronized.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
211
Publish
Yes, you can customize it to ring at the same time as your extension, only when you're not signed in, or after a set delay—whichever option best fits your needs.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
212
Publish
Once you answer a call on either your office phone or mobile, the ringing stops on the other device, ensuring a smooth experience.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
213
Publish
No, the caller will see your business number as usual, maintaining a professional appearance no matter which device you use to take the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
214
Publish
Check if your mobile number was entered correctly and ensure that your phone has network coverage. Also, verify that your extension settings allow calls to be forwarded.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
215
Publish
Make sure that the twinning option is set to ring simultaneously or after a delay. Also, confirm that your mobile phone is not in Do Not Disturb mode.
Admin Portal
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
216
Publish
Select the mobile phone to ring when you are not signed into your account (on Voxbi Web or Windows Desktop app) or from the drop-down list in your my.mixvoip.com account, select “on logout” in the Ring delay field (at the bottom of the list).
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
218
Publish
Allow Voxbi Mobile to access your phone contacts, and they will be instantly available under the Local contacts tab. You can import your CRM contacts as a .csv file in my.mixvoip.com, and they will be available on all your platforms - browser, desktop, or mobile.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
219
Publish
Yes, all your contacts that are not marked as private will be available on all your devices and accessible by your entire company.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
220
Publish
To enable contact synchronization, make sure your contacts are not marked as private in Voxbi Web, Voxbi for Windows, or on my.mixvoip. Initially, when you add a contact from Voxbi Web or Voxbi for Windows, it is marked as private, so you need to uncheck that box manually to make it public.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
222
Publish
Absolutely. Voxbi uses secure protocols to sync contacts and never shares your data without permission. You control which contacts are private and which are shared with the team.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
223
Publish
Make sure you have unchecked the Private box of the contacts that you want to be available to the entire company.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
228
Publish
Yes, Voxbi supports the following devices through HID:
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
Voxbi Desktop
windows
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
230
Publish
Mixvoip is one of the leading SIP trunk providers in Luxembourg, with local interconnects, regulatory coverage, and advanced features like FMC and Microsoft Teams integration. For more details, visit our SIP trunk Luxembourg page.
SIP trunk
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
231
Publish
On some phones, like Xiaomi devices, calls may appear as "anonymous" when VoLTE is enabled, even if the caller's number is valid. This happens because the phone uses a different method to read the caller ID, and this information is not always transmitted by the network. Recommended solution is to disable VoLTE on your device. Incoming calls should then display the caller's number correctly.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
232
Publish
Internet packages differ not only in speed but also in the level of service guarantees (SLAs). A higher-tier SLA may cost more, but it provides faster response times and dedicated support. This is particularly important in industries like healthcare, finance, or retail, where internet downtime can cause financial losses, compliance issues, or even safety risks. Investing in a strong SLA protects your business continuity and ensures operations run smoothly in all situations.
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
233
Publish
Not always. The available internet speeds and technologies depend on the infrastructure at your specific location. Send us your address and preferred options at sales@mixvoip.com, and we’ll let you know which solutions are available for you.
Internet Belgium
Not published
Jan 29, 2026 08:44 PM GMT+5:30
234
Publish
Satellite connectivity requires a clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The antenna must be placed outdoors, ideally on a rooftop or another elevated location free from trees, walls, or other obstacles. It cannot be installed indoors (such as behind a window or under a roof overhang), as this would block the satellite signal.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
235
Publish
The installation cost depends on how accessible and roof-ready your location is.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
236
Publish
Yes, AWS allows customers to encrypt data flowing between your servers and the AWS environment using IEEE 802.1AE (MACSEC). More information can be found here: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directconnect/latest/UserGuide/encryption-in-transit.html
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
237
Publish
Both cloud provider bill your outgoing traffic according to your usage. More information can be found here:
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
238
Publish
Zone Connect EU covers European countries where your plan works. You can find the full list of countries by clicking the link here.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
239
Publish
Yes. You can switch between EU Connect plans as your data needs evolve.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
240
Publish
All EU Connect plans come with our Standard SLA, which outlines the support and service levels you can expect. You can view it through the link on the page.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
241
Publish
Yes. Whether you manage a single office or multiple sites, Tempus provides centralized control with the flexibility to assign local permissions. This helps standardize processes while adapting to the needs of each location.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Jan 26, 2026 08:09 PM GMT+5:30
242
Publish
Yes. If you're using Voxbi for communication and Tempus for workforce management, an integration can allow data to flow between the two systems to improve internal processes.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Jan 26, 2026 08:13 PM GMT+5:30
243
Publish
Invoices are issued on a monthly basis. Recurring services are billed in advance, while usage-based services (such as call traffic) are billed in arrears.
Home page
Not published
Feb 20, 2026 10:07 PM GMT+5:30
Account
Account
Admin Access
Admin Access
Answering machine
Answering machine
CRA
CRA
Call flow
Call flow
Call forwarding
Call forwarding
Call handling
Call handling
Call transfer
Call transfer
Called ID
Called ID
Certification levels
Certification levels
Credentials
Credentials
DORA
DORA
How can I identify you in DORA?
Where can I find your LEI code?
Who is the designated lead in terms of DORA?
Which type of ICT services do you provide related to DORA?
Are customers data stored or processed by Mixvoip and where are they located?
How can I get an updated contract that complies with DORA requirements?
What is DORA?
What types of substitutability levels exist for third-party ICT service providers?
Are subcontractors monitored in the context of DORA?
Has the subcontracted ICT service a significant impact on the continuity of services provided?
In terms of DORA, what rank do the ICT subcontractors have?
Do you rely on subcontractors or subprocessors for ICT service provisioning, and where are these services provisioned and stored?
How do you handle security incidents?
Is there an information security program that has been documented, approved by management, published, and communicated to constituents?
Do fourth parties (e.g., backup, subcontractors, equipment support/maintenance, software support/maintenance, data recovery, hosting providers, etc.) have access to scoped systems and data or processing facilities?
Desk phone
Desk phone
Development
Development
Device routing rule
Device routing rule
Do not disturb
Do not disturb
EU AI Act
EU AI Act
Email update
Email update
Extension
Extension
GDPR
GDPR
Are customers data stored or processed by Mixvoip and where are they located?
What is GDPR?
Has the subcontracted ICT service a significant impact on the continuity of services provided?
How do you handle security incidents?
Do fourth parties (e.g., backup, subcontractors, equipment support/maintenance, software support/maintenance, data recovery, hosting providers, etc.) have access to scoped systems and data or processing facilities?
GSM network
GSM network
Gigaset
Gigaset
ISO27001
ISO27001
IVR
IVR
Integration
Integration
Migration
Migration
Mobile abonnement
Mobile abonnement
Mobile network
Mobile network
Mobile twinning
Mobile twinning
NIS2
NIS2
Name change
Name change
PBX Setup
PBX Setup
Phone configuration
Phone configuration
Privacy
Privacy
Provisioning
Provisioning
QR code
QR code
Reset password
Reset password
SLA
SLA
Do I need a separate SLA for each site with its own internet line?
What is the difference between "Support hours" and "Fault processing hours"?
How do the Retail internet packages differ from your more affordable standard fiber options?
Do you provide 7-day-a-week support and intervention for Wi-Fi, network management, and telephony solutions as part of your retail service packages?
Why should I choose an internet service with a stronger SLA?
Security
Security
Snom
Snom
Sound files
Sound files
Speed dial
Speed dial
Starlink
Starlink
Time conditions
Time conditions
User Access
User Access
Username
Username
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
When I install Voxbi 2, the new mobile app, how can I transfer my configuration from Voxbi Legacy?
On which platforms is Voxbi available?
What’s the difference between the SIP purple button and the green button call?
Why are calls to my call group being intercepted by my mobile voicemail?
How can I transfer a call?
How do I activate or deactivate Mobile Twinning?
How do I enable or disable Do Not Disturb (DND)?
Can I choose when my mobile phone rings?
Voxbi web
Voxbi web
Where can i find my login?
How can i use APIs in my projects?
How do I change the ringtone while already in a call?
How do I sign in to Voxbi Web?
New to Voxbi Web? Take a tour!
How can I create a group of contacts?
How do I set up my headset correctly in the Windows app?
How do I enable Click-to-Call on the Voxbi Web version?
How do I set my browser to handle Click-to-Call links?
What if multiple sites are listed as TEL link handlers in my browser?
How do I test if Click-to-Call is working on my browser?
I have set my browser for the default TEL link handler, but the call always goes through the desktop app. Why is that?
When I type ‘tel: [xxx]’ in the browser’s URL bar, the call doesn’t start. What should I do?
Click-to-Call works in my browser but not in my CRM or documents. What should I check?
I have denied Voxbi access to TEL links, but it still asks me if I want to open a TEL link using Voxbi. Why is that?
How do I set up Click-to-Call on the Voxbi Windows Desktop App?
What if another application, instead of the Voxbi Desktop app, opens TEL links by default?
How do I enable keyboard shortcuts in the Voxbi Desktop app?
Can I change the default call shortcut keys in Voxbi?
Can I use keyboard shortcuts to dial numbers from other applications?
Do I need to install anything extra to use the keyboard shortcuts?
How does contact synchronization work in Voxbi?
Yealink
Yealink
onboarding
onboarding
pbx development
pbx development
voxbi desktop
voxbi desktop
Where can I download Voxbi ?
Does Voxbi for Windows support HID headsets?
Where can i find my login?
How can i use APIs in my projects?
How do I change the ringtone while already in a call?
How do I sign in to Voxbi Web?
New to Voxbi Web? Take a tour!
How can I create a group of contacts?
How do I set up my headset correctly in the Windows app?
How do I enable Click-to-Call on the Voxbi Web version?
How do I set my browser to handle Click-to-Call links?
What if multiple sites are listed as TEL link handlers in my browser?
How do I test if Click-to-Call is working on my browser?
I have set my browser for the default TEL link handler, but the call always goes through the desktop app. Why is that?
When I type ‘tel: [xxx]’ in the browser’s URL bar, the call doesn’t start. What should I do?
Click-to-Call works in my browser but not in my CRM or documents. What should I check?
I have denied Voxbi access to TEL links, but it still asks me if I want to open a TEL link using Voxbi. Why is that?
How do I set up Click-to-Call on the Voxbi Windows Desktop App?
What if another application, instead of the Voxbi Desktop app, opens TEL links by default?
How do I enable keyboard shortcuts in the Voxbi Desktop app?
Can I change the default call shortcut keys in Voxbi?
Can I use keyboard shortcuts to dial numbers from other applications?
Do I need to install anything extra to use the keyboard shortcuts?
How does contact synchronization work in Voxbi?
web app
web app
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
The latest version of Voxbi for Windows and Mac is available on our download page. For Linux users, the web application is accessible at voxbi.team
Voxbi Desktop
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the correct configuration of your headset by watching this Video guide
Voxbi Desktop
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Organize your contacts into groups for easier communication. Follow the instructions on our Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Discover the key features and tools Voxbi Web has to offer with this Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Start using Voxbi Web in no time with this quick Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
To change the ringtone during a call, navigate to Settings > Phone Tab and enable the Second Call Alert. This will play a distinct sound for incoming calls while you’re on another call.
Voxbi Desktop
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Comprehensive API documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com. Explore our APIs to integrate Voxbi functionalities into your projects seamlessly.
Voxbi Desktop
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
You can find your Voxbi login by contacting your administrator, who will define or send you an email to set up your password. Alternatively, you can reach out to us at support@mixvoip.com using your professional email address for assistance.
Voxbi Desktop
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, Voxbi supports the following devices through HID:
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
Voxbi Desktop
windows
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
To enable contact synchronization, make sure your contacts are not marked as private in Voxbi Web, Voxbi for Windows, or on my.mixvoip. Initially, when you add a contact from Voxbi Web or Voxbi for Windows, it is marked as private, so you need to uncheck that box manually to make it public.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No extra installation is required. The feature is built into the Voxbi Windows Desktop app. Just make sure the app is running and the tray icon is visible.
Voxbi Desktop
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No need to copy-paste! Just highlight the number and hit your assigned keyboard shortcut - Voxbi will handle the rest.
Voxbi Desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Highlight a phone number in any application (like a document, email, CRM, or spreadsheet), then press your set shortcut to start a call directly using Voxbi or a PBX system.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes! The Voxbi app allows full customization. You can easily update your shortcut preferences in the Set Shortcut section accessed through the tray icon.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
To set up keyboard shortcuts, right-click on the Voxbi tray icon in your Windows taskbar and select "Set Shortcut." You can then customize the key combinations to suit your preferences by following the on-screen instructions.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Scroll through the list of apps handling TEL links, find Voxbi, and manually set it as the default app for opening clickable phone numbers.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Navigate to Windows Default Apps, search for TEL and CALLTO link types, and set the Voxbi Desktop App as the default application.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
If you manually denied voxbi.team permission to open TEL links in your browser, check whether the Voxbi Desktop app is already set as the default handler for telephone links in Windows. You have to remove it from there as well.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Some applications might override your default TEL handler. Ensure your CRM or document software allows external TEL links and does not force a different app to handle calls.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure the TEL format is written correctly after the colon. Also, confirm that Voxbi is properly registered as the TEL handler in your browser’s settings
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure your browser is set to be the default app for handling TEL link types in Windows default apps. Simply adding your browser as a default TEL link handler only in the browser’s settings is not enough.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Click any TEL link on the web, a document, a CRM system, etc. Alternatively, type tel: 35220333000 in the browser URL bar and press Enter. Voxbi should start making an outgoing call and get connected to our test service.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
If multiple sites are allowed to handle Tel link calls, you need to select a default one. Navigate to your browser’s protocol handlers page (chrome://settings/handlers edge://settings/content/handlers firefox://settings/applications) and select the default browser to handle your tel link calls.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Set your preferred web browser as the default app for TEL links in Windows Default Apps settings.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
To use the feature for the first time, go to Voxbi Settings > Phone section and click Request permission to enable it.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
To migrate your configuration, follow our step by step guide. In a rush? Here’s a summary:
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
Take control of your availability with the DND feature. Learn how to activate or deactivate with our Video guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
VOXBI Mobile offers multiple login methods to provide flexibility, security, and ease of access for users.
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
User Access
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:38 PM GMT+5:30
Easily manage your mobile twinning settings with just a few taps. Watch our Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will prompt you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you to the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension and is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile voicemail is enabled, it may intercept the call if it picks up before you do. Since the system cannot differentiate between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way. The most effective solution is to disable your mobile voicemail completely.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
The difference is based on the type of network used to carry the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
A QR code allows you to quickly configure and connect the VOXBI mobile application without manually entering account details.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on :
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
Voxbi Mobile
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
Absolutely. Voxbi uses secure protocols to sync contacts and never shares your data without permission. You control which contacts are private and which are shared with the team.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Check if your mobile number was entered correctly and ensure that your phone has network coverage. Also, verify that your extension settings allow calls to be forwarded.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No, the caller will see your business number as usual, maintaining a professional appearance no matter which device you use to take the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, you can customize it to ring at the same time as your extension, only when you're not signed in, or after a set delay—whichever option best fits your needs.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Visit my.mixvoip.com, and enter your username and password on the administrator login page. For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation. If you are unsure of your credentials, please email us at support@mixvoip.com from your professional email address.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
Adding a sound file allows you to customize what callers hear when they interact with your phone system.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Creating an IVR (Interactive Voice Response) allows you to guide callers through a menu using voice prompts and keypad selections.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call flow
IVR
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Adding contacts to your desk phone buttons allows you to quickly call or monitor important contacts with a single press.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile Twinning allows you to link your mobile phone to your office extension, so both devices ring at the same time.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Adding an extension allows you to assign a unique internal number to a user, device, or service within your phone system.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Changing the name of an extension helps you identify users more easily within your phone system.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Time-based routing allows your phone system to adapt automatically depending on the time of day or day of the week.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
To change your password, log in to your account on my.mixvoip.com.
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, all your contacts that are not marked as private will be available on all your devices and accessible by your entire company.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Allow Voxbi Mobile to access your phone contacts, and they will be instantly available under the Local contacts tab. You can import your CRM contacts as a .csv file in my.mixvoip.com, and they will be available on all your platforms - browser, desktop, or mobile.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Select the mobile phone to ring when you are not signed into your account (on Voxbi Web or Windows Desktop app) or from the drop-down list in your my.mixvoip.com account, select “on logout” in the Ring delay field (at the bottom of the list).
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure that the twinning option is set to ring simultaneously or after a delay. Also, confirm that your mobile phone is not in Do Not Disturb mode.
Admin Portal
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
1. Log into your my.mixvoip.com account, and activate the Mobile twinning option from the home page.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on Windows and mobile (Play Store for Android and App Store for iOS).
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
admin
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension, which is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile has voicemail enabled, the call can be intercepted by your voicemail if it picks up before you do. Since the system can’t distinguish between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
To transfer while on a call with Voxbi, follow these steps:
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
1. Press
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will ask you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you with the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
*.5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we do! Documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com.
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure you have unchecked the Private box of the contacts that you want to be available to the entire company.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Once you answer a call on either your office phone or mobile, the ringing stops on the other device, ensuring a smooth experience.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Enable Mobile twinning from the Voxbi settings. Enter your mobile number in the field and select how the phone should ring. Then, update the settings and verify that the extension and mobile ringing are synchronized.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the Voxbi app has call permissions enabled in your Android device settings. If necessary, reinstall or update the app to ensure it registers properly.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
The port configuration can be found here: Voxbi - Network communication
Not published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
We have a nice onboarding tutorial. Click here to open it.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
You can hover over any permission name to see its description. We understand the current names may not always be clear, so we’re revising them to make them easier to understand. Click here to view a table with the current and revised permission names, along with their descriptions.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Organizations can leverage tools like Tempus, which offers automated time tracking, compliance monitoring, and reporting features to help employers effectively meet the directive’s requirements. Tempus streamlines compliance processes and ensures transparency in record-keeping, making it easier for organizations to adhere to national labor laws and the European Directive.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Non-compliance can lead to legal consequences, including fines and other penalties. Moreover, non-compliant companies may face heightened risks related to employee grievances or reputational damage, underscoring the importance of adhering to these regulations.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Certain exceptions and flexibilities are permitted and integrated into labor laws. For example, specific industries or job roles (such as emergency services or seasonal work) may be subject to adapted requirements. However, these exceptions must still prioritize employee safety and well-being.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
EU member states have incorporated the requirements of Directive 2003/88/EC into their national labor codes. These regulations address key provisions such as maximum weekly working hours, rest periods, and minimum paid annual leave. Employers within the Union are required to comply with these laws to meet both national and EU standards.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, the European Working Time Directive 2003/88/EC is mandatory in Luxembourg. As an EU member state, Luxembourg is required to align its national labor laws with this directive, which establishes minimum standards for working hours, rest periods, and annual leave to protect workers’ health and safety.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Whether you manage a single office or multiple sites, Tempus provides centralized control with the flexibility to assign local permissions. This helps standardize processes while adapting to the needs of each location.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:09 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. If you're using Voxbi for communication and Tempus for workforce management, an integration can allow data to flow between the two systems to improve internal processes.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:13 PM GMT+5:30
ID
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
59
Yes, an SLA contract is tied to each individual internet line. Therefore, you will need to sign an SLA for each site where you have an internet line to ensure coverage and service quality at every location.
SLA
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
91
Mixvoip ensures each customer receives a unique, dynamically allocated IPv4 address by default, with no sharing of IP addresses or use of carrier-grade NAT. For a nominal fee, this can be upgraded to a fixed IPv4 address. We adhere to strict net neutrality, blocking no traffic to provide the purest internet experience. IPv6 blocks are also available at no extra cost.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
96
For selecting internet bandwidth, it's generally recommended to start with at least 1 Gbit/s, especially for businesses utilizing cloud services. If higher bandwidth is available at your location, opting for more can enhance productivity and prevent slow internet from impacting your operations. This recommendation applies both to large enterprises and SMEs, where the demand for bandwidth is consistently growing.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
81
Mixvoip does not provide router access by default but grants full administrative rights for free upon request, allowing customers complete independence in managing their IT and internet security. For connections like copper DSL and coax, a modem might be necessary; however, the setup remains transparent. Customers may also configure their own devices using provided PPPOE credentials or fixed IP parameters depending on the connectivity service selected.
Internet main
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:04 PM GMT+5:30
78
"Support hours" refer to the times customer service is available to help with general inquiries and support issues. "Fault processing hours" are specifically for technical teams to address and resolve service faults or disruptions, typically offering extended time slots to ensure you are never without internet.
SLA
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
80
The "monitoring and alerting" feature specifically tracks the real-time status of your network connectivity, sending alerts for any disruptions to ensure quick resolution. "Bandwidth graphs" visually represent the usage of your network's bandwidth over time, helping you monitor traffic patterns and manage network capacity effectively. Together, these tools are crucial for optimizing and maintaining reliable internet connectivity.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
76
Not all Emios Internet packages are fiber-based. Some buildings are not yet connected to the fiber network, and only DSL may be available, offering speeds below 100 Mbit/s. You can verify the available options for your address using our internet search page. The fiber network is expanding quickly, so availability may improve over time.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
72
Yes, upgrading your internet line to a higher speed is in most cases easy. Just reach out to our sales team, and we can plan the upgrade without any intervention. Please note that in some scenarios, you might need to upgrade your router or choose a faster router from our managed router model to fully benefit from the increased speed.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
57
Our Retail internet packages meet the demands of retail business operations during weekends and peak periods like Christmas, offer extended support hours and quicker intervention times, available seven days a week. These are designed to ensure reliability during critical business times, unlike our standard fiber options which cater to general needs with more affordable pricing.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
68
Although support for telephony, local network, and Wi-Fi is not included in our retail internet packages, we offer specialized packages for the needs of shops, restaurants, and salons. These packages come with very competitive pricing and provide support seven days a week to cover all your communication needs.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
90
The bandwidth on DIA (Dedicated Internet Access) lines is dedicated, not shared. These are point-to-point connections, meaning a specific portion of fiber is reserved exclusively for your use. Unlike shared technologies like X-GPON, DIA lines ensure consistent performance and reliable connectivity, as your bandwidth is not affected by other users.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
89
Businesses often require the same upload and download speeds due to applications like video conferencing, data backups, and large file transfers. A symmetrical setup, though potentially more costly, avoids bottlenecks and should be considered for businesses with more than 30 users. Investing in a symmetrical connection ensures efficient data handling, minimizes latency, and supports consistent performance.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
79
Yes, we offer highly redundant internet lines that enter the building through different paths. Many business premises can be connected via multiple routes, and we supply the fiber route maps, known as KMZ or KML files, for complete transparency. The internet lines can be set up to terminate on either separate routers or a single router. By using BGP (Border Gateway Protocol), we enable dynamic failover and manage redundancy.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
71
Installing our own cables isn’t feasible due to the enormous logistical, economic, and ecological challenges it would present. It's more practical and sustainable for local infrastructure providers to build and maintain the raw cable infrastructure. This strategy is economically efficient and ecologically sound. By accessing these existing networks, Mixvoip focuses on delivering added value through our telecommunications services, ensuring customers receive high-quality, cost-effective solutions.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
62
Purchasing services directly from infrastructure providers often lacks the personalized service and customer support that Mixvoip offers. Beyond just providing connectivity, we add value with tailored solutions, expert support, and integrated services to meet specific business needs. In a business environment, support for not only connectivity, but also network issues (including LAN and Wi-Fi), is crucial.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
83
The IP address assigned to your services will come from Mixvoip's own block of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Mixvoip handles the allocation of IP addresses, ensuring optimal performance and adherence to internet governance standards. Both static and dynamic options are available, depending on client needs.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
56
Perform a Speed Test:
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
Internet Standart
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:48 PM GMT+5:30
60
We provide several test numbers you can use for different testing purposes:
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
50
Yes, we offer separate internet packages for private individuals and for businesses. Click here to view all residential internet offers.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Publish
Dec 15, 2025 02:58 AM GMT+5:30
14
The contract duration of a new internet line is 2 years by default. Exceptions might apply for customized connectivity solutions. This will be clearly stated on our quote.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
11
With our internet installation packages, we can provide you with a Fritzbox for your connection. However, our technicians are trained to work with a wide range of modems. This gives you the flexibility to choose the modem that best suits your needs, and we’ll ensure your internet line is set up properly on the device you select.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:38 PM GMT+5:30
12
If you already have internet with Mixvoip and you are moving, you only need to contact our experts here, they will contact you back to plan everything, to make sure you have the new internet line when you need to.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
13
Absolutely! Whether you need a brand-new mobile number or wish to keep your current one, we've got you covered. We offer new mobile numbers and can also handle the porting process to transfer your existing number to our services, ensuring a smooth transition.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
232
Internet packages differ not only in speed but also in the level of service guarantees (SLAs). A higher-tier SLA may cost more, but it provides faster response times and dedicated support. This is particularly important in industries like healthcare, finance, or retail, where internet downtime can cause financial losses, compliance issues, or even safety risks. Investing in a strong SLA protects your business continuity and ensures operations run smoothly in all situations.
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
237
Both cloud provider bill your outgoing traffic according to your usage. More information can be found here:
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
236
Yes, AWS allows customers to encrypt data flowing between your servers and the AWS environment using IEEE 802.1AE (MACSEC). More information can be found here: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directconnect/latest/UserGuide/encryption-in-transit.html
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
235
The installation cost depends on how accessible and roof-ready your location is.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
234
Satellite connectivity requires a clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The antenna must be placed outdoors, ideally on a rooftop or another elevated location free from trees, walls, or other obstacles. It cannot be installed indoors (such as behind a window or under a roof overhang), as this would block the satellite signal.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
233
Not always. The available internet speeds and technologies depend on the infrastructure at your specific location. Send us your address and preferred options at sales@mixvoip.com, and we’ll let you know which solutions are available for you.
Internet Belgium
Not published
Publish
Jan 29, 2026 08:44 PM GMT+5:30
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
To check if your services are covered by an SLA or to upgrade your SLA, you can reach out to our account managers. They are more than happy to outline your current SLA coverage and discuss options for upgrades to meet your specific needs. You can book a meeting with your account manager here.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
If we fail to meet the service levels outlined in your SLA contract, such as taking longer than the specified time to resolve an issue, you are eligible to claim SLA credits. You can initiate the claim process by filling out the form on our SLA claim page. Ensure to provide all necessary details about the service issue.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Once you fill out the form on our SLA claim page, we strive to process your claim as quickly as possible. Typically, it takes us between 2-3 weeks to analyze your claim and issue the credit notice. This time frame allows us to thoroughly investigate the reported issue and ensure accurate credit issuance.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
We usually do not transfer SLA credits to your bank account. Instead, we issue a credit notice and deduct the amount from your next month's invoice. This method ensures that your account balance is adjusted accurately and efficiently.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
'Certified' solutions offer deeper integration with Mixvoip services, including exceptional vendor support and extensive documentation, ideal for vendors who collaborate closely with Mixvoip. 'Compatible' products meet fundamental integration standards and are verified to work seamlessly with our services, ensuring reliable operation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Mar 11, 2026 12:15 PM GMT+5:30
Vendors can start the certification process by submitting an application to support@mixvoip.com. The application should include details about the product and how it integrates with Mixvoip services. Our team will review the submission and guide you through the next steps, including any necessary testing and documentation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The labels "certified," "compatible," or "supported" do not guarantee quick replacements for hardware. These designations indicate that the hardware meets certain technical standards or compatibility criteria with our systems. For guaranteed quick replacements, we have our “guaranteed-stock” list of hardware, which specifically ensures availability for rapid dispatch when needed. Click here to consult this list and learn more about our “guaranteed-stock”.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
You can contact our technicians or our sales team directly via the internet page “Contact us”. You can also book a meeting with one of our team members to find answers to all your questions.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
We would be happy to work with you! To find all the information about a partnership with Mixvoip, you can discover our page dedicated to this subject by clicking here.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited by
Last edited time
Before setting up a managed IT contract, we conduct an initial assessment of your IT infrastructure to calculate a fixed monthly cost that covers:
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
Support contracts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we provide managed IT contracts that cover support, maintenance, updates, and guaranteed intervention times for a fixed monthly fee. Unlike hourly billing under a standard support contract, these agreements ensure predictable costs.
Support contracts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
“Zone 1" refers to areas where we guarantee a Time to Intervene (TTI) as outlined in our Service Level Agreements (SLAs). This means that for customers located in Zone 1, we commit to a defined maximum intervention time for on-site support, ensuring faster response when assistance is needed.
Travelling costs
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Internet packages differ not only in speed but also in the level of service guarantees (SLAs). A higher-tier SLA may cost more, but it provides faster response times and dedicated support. This is particularly important in industries like healthcare, finance, or retail, where internet downtime can cause financial losses, compliance issues, or even safety risks. Investing in a strong SLA protects your business continuity and ensures operations run smoothly in all situations.
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
The installation cost depends on how accessible and roof-ready your location is.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Satellite connectivity requires a clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The antenna must be placed outdoors, ideally on a rooftop or another elevated location free from trees, walls, or other obstacles. It cannot be installed indoors (such as behind a window or under a roof overhang), as this would block the satellite signal.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we offer separate internet packages for private individuals and for businesses. Click here to view all residential internet offers.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Publish
Dec 15, 2025 02:58 AM GMT+5:30
Perform a Speed Test:
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
Internet Standart
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:48 PM GMT+5:30
The contract duration of a new internet line is 2 years by default. Exceptions might apply for customized connectivity solutions. This will be clearly stated on our quote.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
With our internet installation packages, we can provide you with a Fritzbox for your connection. However, our technicians are trained to work with a wide range of modems. This gives you the flexibility to choose the modem that best suits your needs, and we’ll ensure your internet line is set up properly on the device you select.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:38 PM GMT+5:30
If you already have internet with Mixvoip and you are moving, you only need to contact our experts here, they will contact you back to plan everything, to make sure you have the new internet line when you need to.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
Absolutely! Whether you need a brand-new mobile number or wish to keep your current one, we've got you covered. We offer new mobile numbers and can also handle the porting process to transfer your existing number to our services, ensuring a smooth transition.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on Windows and mobile (Play Store for Android and App Store for iOS).
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
admin
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension, which is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile has voicemail enabled, the call can be intercepted by your voicemail if it picks up before you do. Since the system can’t distinguish between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we do! Documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com.
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
To migrate your configuration, follow our step by step guide. In a rush? Here’s a summary:
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all Voxbi Cloud PBX FAQs.
Voxbi
Published
Hide in global DB
Publish
/faq/voxbi
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. If you're using Voxbi for communication and Tempus for workforce management, an integration can allow data to flow between the two systems to improve internal processes.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:13 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Whether you manage a single office or multiple sites, Tempus provides centralized control with the flexibility to assign local permissions. This helps standardize processes while adapting to the needs of each location.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:09 PM GMT+5:30
You can hover over any permission name to see its description. We understand the current names may not always be clear, so we’re revising them to make them easier to understand. Click here to view a table with the current and revised permission names, along with their descriptions.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
We have a nice onboarding tutorial. Click here to open it.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Organizations can leverage tools like Tempus, which offers automated time tracking, compliance monitoring, and reporting features to help employers effectively meet the directive’s requirements. Tempus streamlines compliance processes and ensures transparency in record-keeping, making it easier for organizations to adhere to national labor laws and the European Directive.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Certain exceptions and flexibilities are permitted and integrated into labor laws. For example, specific industries or job roles (such as emergency services or seasonal work) may be subject to adapted requirements. However, these exceptions must still prioritize employee safety and well-being.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, the European Working Time Directive 2003/88/EC is mandatory in Luxembourg. As an EU member state, Luxembourg is required to align its national labor laws with this directive, which establishes minimum standards for working hours, rest periods, and annual leave to protect workers’ health and safety.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Non-compliance can lead to legal consequences, including fines and other penalties. Moreover, non-compliant companies may face heightened risks related to employee grievances or reputational damage, underscoring the importance of adhering to these regulations.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
EU member states have incorporated the requirements of Directive 2003/88/EC into their national labor codes. These regulations address key provisions such as maximum weekly working hours, rest periods, and minimum paid annual leave. Employers within the Union are required to comply with these laws to meet both national and EU standards.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Invoices are issued on a monthly basis. Recurring services are billed in advance, while usage-based services (such as call traffic) are billed in arrears.
Home page
Not published
Publish
Feb 20, 2026 10:07 PM GMT+5:30
We would be happy to work with you! To find all the information about a partnership with Mixvoip, you can discover our page dedicated to this subject by clicking here.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
You can contact our technicians or our sales team directly via the internet page “Contact us”. You can also book a meeting with one of our team members to find answers to all your questions.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Experience hassle-free billing with Mixvoip - all your invoices will be conveniently delivered to your inbox and accessible anytime on your personal Mixvoip platform. For any assistance, feel free to reach out to billing@mixvoip.com.
Home page
Published
Publish
Feb 20, 2026 07:03 PM GMT+5:30
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all FAQs.
Home page
Published
Hide in global DB
Publish
/faq
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
All EU Connect plans come with our Standard SLA, which outlines the support and service levels you can expect. You can view it through the link on the page.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. You can switch between EU Connect plans as your data needs evolve.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Zone Connect EU covers European countries where your plan works. You can find the full list of countries by clicking the link here.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
An SMS is limited to 160 characters when using standard GSM-7 encoding (the most common encoding for text messages). This includes spaces, punctuation, and special characters.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is one of the leading SIP trunk providers in Luxembourg, with local interconnects, regulatory coverage, and advanced features like FMC and Microsoft Teams integration. For more details, visit our SIP trunk Luxembourg page.
SIP trunk
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip’sr flatrate packages that allow unlimited calls to over 100 destinations for only €9.90 per user per month, are exclusively available for PBX systems that have achieved Mixvoip's certification levels of "certified" or "compatible." This includes systems like Innovaphone, Starface, Wildix, 3CX, Asterisk, Freeswitch, Avaya, and Microsoft Teams, provided they are managed by a Mixvoip channel partner.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
SIP trunk
Published
Publish
Dec 9, 2025 08:25 PM GMT+5:30
We let you choose what fits you the most: purchase your printer and print whenever you need, with no other fees or commitments, or get a printer for your business with a monthly fee and pay for the pages you print, whether in black & white or color.
Printer
Not published
Publish
Jan 24, 2026 10:53 PM GMT+5:30
The prices shown on each printer’s page include the cost of the selected printer, delivery, and setup with testing on one computer, regardless of whether you purchase just the printer or choose our managed printer service.
Printer
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Not always. The available internet speeds and technologies depend on the infrastructure at your specific location. Send us your address and preferred options at sales@mixvoip.com, and we’ll let you know which solutions are available for you.
Internet Belgium
Not published
Publish
Jan 29, 2026 08:44 PM GMT+5:30
Both cloud provider bill your outgoing traffic according to your usage. More information can be found here:
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, AWS allows customers to encrypt data flowing between your servers and the AWS environment using IEEE 802.1AE (MACSEC). More information can be found here: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directconnect/latest/UserGuide/encryption-in-transit.html
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure you have unchecked the Private box of the contacts that you want to be available to the entire company.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Absolutely. Voxbi uses secure protocols to sync contacts and never shares your data without permission. You control which contacts are private and which are shared with the team.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
To enable contact synchronization, make sure your contacts are not marked as private in Voxbi Web, Voxbi for Windows, or on my.mixvoip. Initially, when you add a contact from Voxbi Web or Voxbi for Windows, it is marked as private, so you need to uncheck that box manually to make it public.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, all your contacts that are not marked as private will be available on all your devices and accessible by your entire company.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Allow Voxbi Mobile to access your phone contacts, and they will be instantly available under the Local contacts tab. You can import your CRM contacts as a .csv file in my.mixvoip.com, and they will be available on all your platforms - browser, desktop, or mobile.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Select the mobile phone to ring when you are not signed into your account (on Voxbi Web or Windows Desktop app) or from the drop-down list in your my.mixvoip.com account, select “on logout” in the Ring delay field (at the bottom of the list).
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure that the twinning option is set to ring simultaneously or after a delay. Also, confirm that your mobile phone is not in Do Not Disturb mode.
Admin Portal
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Check if your mobile number was entered correctly and ensure that your phone has network coverage. Also, verify that your extension settings allow calls to be forwarded.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No, the caller will see your business number as usual, maintaining a professional appearance no matter which device you use to take the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Once you answer a call on either your office phone or mobile, the ringing stops on the other device, ensuring a smooth experience.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, you can customize it to ring at the same time as your extension, only when you're not signed in, or after a set delay—whichever option best fits your needs.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Enable Mobile twinning from the Voxbi settings. Enter your mobile number in the field and select how the phone should ring. Then, update the settings and verify that the extension and mobile ringing are synchronized.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
1. Log into your my.mixvoip.com account, and activate the Mobile twinning option from the home page.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, if you select "Always" when prompted. The first time you tap a Tel link on your mobile device, you will be asked to choose an app to handle the call and whether to use it “Just once” or “Always.” To ensure all Tel links are handled by Voxbi going forward, select Voxbi and tap Always.
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the Voxbi app has call permissions enabled in your Android device settings. If necessary, reinstall or update the app to ensure it registers properly.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
We provide several test numbers you can use for different testing purposes:
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
To transfer while on a call with Voxbi, follow these steps:
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
1. Press
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will ask you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you with the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
*.5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
The port configuration can be found here: Voxbi - Network communication
Not published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
On some phones, like Xiaomi devices, calls may appear as "anonymous" when VoLTE is enabled, even if the caller's number is valid. This happens because the phone uses a different method to read the caller ID, and this information is not always transmitted by the network. Recommended solution is to disable VoLTE on your device. Incoming calls should then display the caller's number correctly.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, Voxbi supports the following devices through HID:
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
Voxbi Desktop
windows
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
No extra installation is required. The feature is built into the Voxbi Windows Desktop app. Just make sure the app is running and the tray icon is visible.
Voxbi Desktop
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No need to copy-paste! Just highlight the number and hit your assigned keyboard shortcut - Voxbi will handle the rest.
Voxbi Desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Highlight a phone number in any application (like a document, email, CRM, or spreadsheet), then press your set shortcut to start a call directly using Voxbi or a PBX system.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes! The Voxbi app allows full customization. You can easily update your shortcut preferences in the Set Shortcut section accessed through the tray icon.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
To set up keyboard shortcuts, right-click on the Voxbi tray icon in your Windows taskbar and select "Set Shortcut." You can then customize the key combinations to suit your preferences by following the on-screen instructions.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Scroll through the list of apps handling TEL links, find Voxbi, and manually set it as the default app for opening clickable phone numbers.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Navigate to Windows Default Apps, search for TEL and CALLTO link types, and set the Voxbi Desktop App as the default application.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
If you manually denied voxbi.team permission to open TEL links in your browser, check whether the Voxbi Desktop app is already set as the default handler for telephone links in Windows. You have to remove it from there as well.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Some applications might override your default TEL handler. Ensure your CRM or document software allows external TEL links and does not force a different app to handle calls.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure the TEL format is written correctly after the colon. Also, confirm that Voxbi is properly registered as the TEL handler in your browser’s settings
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure your browser is set to be the default app for handling TEL link types in Windows default apps. Simply adding your browser as a default TEL link handler only in the browser’s settings is not enough.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Click any TEL link on the web, a document, a CRM system, etc. Alternatively, type tel: 35220333000 in the browser URL bar and press Enter. Voxbi should start making an outgoing call and get connected to our test service.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
If multiple sites are allowed to handle Tel link calls, you need to select a default one. Navigate to your browser’s protocol handlers page (chrome://settings/handlers edge://settings/content/handlers firefox://settings/applications) and select the default browser to handle your tel link calls.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Set your preferred web browser as the default app for TEL links in Windows Default Apps settings.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
To use the feature for the first time, go to Voxbi Settings > Phone section and click Request permission to enable it.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the correct configuration of your headset by watching this Video guide
Voxbi Desktop
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Organize your contacts into groups for easier communication. Follow the instructions on our Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Discover the key features and tools Voxbi Web has to offer with this Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Start using Voxbi Web in no time with this quick Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Take control of your availability with the DND feature. Learn how to activate or deactivate with our Video guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
VOXBI Mobile offers multiple login methods to provide flexibility, security, and ease of access for users.
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
User Access
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:38 PM GMT+5:30
Easily manage your mobile twinning settings with just a few taps. Watch our Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip offers a Mail-to-SMS service that allows you to send SMS messages by simply sending an email. Follow the instructions on our Mail-to-SMS guide
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:26 PM GMT+5:30
With our Cloud PBX solution, you can send and receive faxes directly from your email. No physical fax machine needed. To send a fax via email follow the instructions on our Mail-to-Fax guide
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:24 PM GMT+5:30
To change the ringtone during a call, navigate to Settings > Phone Tab and enable the Second Call Alert. This will play a distinct sound for incoming calls while you’re on another call.
Voxbi Desktop
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Comprehensive API documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com. Explore our APIs to integrate Voxbi functionalities into your projects seamlessly.
Voxbi Desktop
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
You can find your Voxbi login by contacting your administrator, who will define or send you an email to set up your password. Alternatively, you can reach out to us at support@mixvoip.com using your professional email address for assistance.
Voxbi Desktop
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will prompt you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you to the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension and is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile voicemail is enabled, it may intercept the call if it picks up before you do. Since the system cannot differentiate between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way. The most effective solution is to disable your mobile voicemail completely.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
The difference is based on the type of network used to carry the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
A QR code allows you to quickly configure and connect the VOXBI mobile application without manually entering account details.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on :
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
Voxbi Mobile
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
Adding a sound file allows you to customize what callers hear when they interact with your phone system.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Creating an IVR (Interactive Voice Response) allows you to guide callers through a menu using voice prompts and keypad selections.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call flow
IVR
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Adding contacts to your desk phone buttons allows you to quickly call or monitor important contacts with a single press.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile Twinning allows you to link your mobile phone to your office extension, so both devices ring at the same time.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Adding an extension allows you to assign a unique internal number to a user, device, or service within your phone system.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Changing the name of an extension helps you identify users more easily within your phone system.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Time-based routing allows your phone system to adapt automatically depending on the time of day or day of the week.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
To change your password, log in to your account on my.mixvoip.com.
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
The latest version of Voxbi for Windows and Mac is available on our download page. For Linux users, the web application is accessible at voxbi.team
Voxbi Desktop
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
Visit my.mixvoip.com, and enter your username and password on the administrator login page. For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation. If you are unsure of your credentials, please email us at support@mixvoip.com from your professional email address.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip follows the EU Whistleblower Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937), which establishes common minimum standards for the protection of individuals who report breaches of EU law. This directive aims to create a safe and transparent framework across member states, ensuring whistleblowers are protected from retaliation and can report concerns securely. In Luxembourg, this directive has been transposed into national law through the Law of 16 May 2023, which Mixvoip fully complies with, alongside similar regulations in other countries where it operates.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Mixvoip maintains a formal risk assessment program as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). All core services — including telephony, cloud PBX, connectivity, and call recording — are subject to regular risk assessments. These evaluations cover technical, operational, regulatory, and data protection risks, and they are reviewed and updated as part of our continuous improvement and compliance processes. e
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is not subject to AML obligations under current Luxembourg or EU financial regulations, as we do not provide financial, payment, or fiduciary services. Therefore, we do not maintain a standalone AML policy. However, we fully support our regulated customers in meeting their compliance obligations, and we implement strong Know-Your-Customer (KYC) and due diligence practices where relevant to our operations.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has a clearly defined corporate governance structure supported by internal policies, including those related to information security, compliance, risk management, and operational oversight. Governance principles are embedded across our ISO/IEC 27001-certified management system and organizational practices.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has knowledge of the financial industry’s legal and regulatory requirements, ensuring compliance with its frameworks. As a trusted ICT partner for over 4,200 business and institutional customers across Luxembourg, Belgium, and Germany, Mixvoip adheres to key regulations such as GDPR, DORA, NIS2, TKG §109 and SERIMA.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has not been the subject of any formal enforcement action. However, we routinely engage with regulatory bodies (e.g., ILR, CNPD, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP) through audits, inspections, and compliance reporting as part of our obligations. Any findings have been resolved without penalty or escalation.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
No, Mixvoip has never filed for bankruptcy. The company is financially stable and committed to ensuring business continuity. As part of this commitment, Mixvoip conducts regular checks of its financial situation to maintain operational stability and deliver reliable services to its customers.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip does not formally commission a single annual penetration test on its own initiative. However, due to the nature of our customer base — including entities subject to DORA, NIS2, PSF and ISO 27001 requirements — our systems are regularly tested as part of their independent security assessments. Mixvoip proactively collaborates with these customers and their security partners, resulting in multiple penetration testing activities throughout the year that cover various layers of our infrastructure and services. Findings from these tests are tracked and addressed as part of our continuous improvement and ISO/IEC 27001-compliant risk management process.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Mixvoip has a formal, documented cybersecurity framework in place as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). This includes policies, procedures, and controls addressing risk management, access control, incident response, business continuity, and other key areas of cybersecurity.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip maintains a fully documented incident management process in line with ISO/IEC 27001 standards. All operational events — including any potential outages — are logged, reviewed, and, when required, notified to relevant regulatory authorities such as ILR, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP, and the appropriate data protection bodies.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has advanced fraud monitoring systems configured with strict parameters and multiple security rules to detect, analyze, and prevent fraudulent activities in real time, allowing us to offer our anti fraud protection. Additionally, our cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, DDoS protection, and DNS Shield, further enhance our ability to safeguard against evolving fraud tactics.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
We leverage AI to generate summaries of phone calls, ensuring compliance with GDPR while enhancing customer service. According to guidance from the BfDI, storing AI-generated summaries without recording spoken word may not require consent. Mixvoip views this as an example of data minimization and justifies the practice under legitimate interests and contractual necessity. Click here to read the full answer.
GDPR
EU AI Act
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip SA has a D-U-N-S number, available in our Impressum.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
ISO27001 is our short term for the ISO/IEC 27001 from the International Organization for Standardization and is the world`s best-known standard for information security management systems.
ISO27001
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
To obtain an updated contract that complies with DORA requirements, please be informed that our updated terms and conditions are fully DORA-compliant, specifically sections 1.5.3 and 1.12.8 address these requirements. To ensure that your inventory of Mixvoip services is current, please contact our billing department at billing@mixvoip.com. They will provide you with a contract quote listing all your existing services and service level agreements (SLAs), without modifying the duration of your contract. This quote, together with our terms and conditions, will form your contractual relationship with Mixvoip and will be fully compliant with DORA.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
With GDPR we refer to the General Data Protection Regulation of the EU.
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, Mixvoip stores and processes customer data in full compliance with GDPR. This data is securely stored on servers located within the European Union, ensuring adherence to the highest standards of data protection, privacy, and security. For more information, visit our GDPR page.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
DORA is the short term for the Digital Operational Resilience Act, a EU regulation.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
NIS2 stands for “Network & Information Security Directive” which is defined in the Directive on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union from the EU.
NIS2
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip manages its entire IT infrastructure, including installation, configuration, and operational management like backup and restore, using its own data centers and in-house personnel. While Mixvoip maintains contracts with selected external providers for limited support, such as advanced hardware replacement, these contracts do not grant access to any scoped systems, data, or processing facilities. This approach enables Mixvoip to retain full control over system access and aligns with our stringent security and compliance standards, minimizing reliance on external entities.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
We only select subcontractors who are compliant with the DORA for our critical and important ICT services.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The Information Security Program is comprehensively documented under our ISO 27001-certified ISMS and includes policies that have been formally approved by management and communicated to all relevant parties.
DORA
ISO27001
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
All our ICT subcontractors are classified as Rank 2 under the DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act) framework.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we rely on subcontractors for ICT service provisioning, in accordance with DORA requirements and GDPR standards. For detailed information about our subcontractors, including provisioning locations and storage details, please refer to our third-party providers.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The impact of subcontracted ICT services depends on the substitutability of the service and how it is integrated into the customer’s operations. While some services may not be easily replaced, our mission is to provide reliable and consistent services to minimize potential disruptions for our customers. You can find the information on our subcontracted ICT services here.
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
While Mixvoip does not have a formalized environmental policy with specific targets, sustainability is a key focus, and the company is committed to minimizing its environmental impact. This includes initiatives such as going paperless, offering organic refreshments, using electric vehicles, and planting trees to offset its carbon footprint. Additionally, the data centers operate with 100% green electricity, utilize free cooling, recycle biomass, and continuously monitor energy efficiency to reduce CO₂ emissions and improve sustainability.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
The Business Continuity and resilience framework is established per ISO 27001 and further developed under NIS2 and DORA guidelines to ensure ongoing resilience, with policies for response, continuity, and regular review.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
In line with ISO 27001 guidelines, we have systems in place to monitor and detect security incidents. These are managed by our internal Incident Management Team. Customers can provide a designated contact for incident notifications through email, ticket submission or our web panel. If a security incident occurs, we ensure the designated contact is promptly informed with all relevant details.
ISO27001
DORA
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
We categorize the substitutability of third-party ICT service providers into four levels:
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip conducts all operations in EUR.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
A formal risk governance framework is in place as part of our ISO 27001 certification and aligns with NIS2 and DORA requirements. In addition to that it is necessary to fulfill the german TKG and also SERIMA. Management has approved these policies, covering risk assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and review processes.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is ISO 27001 certified, which requires us to have adequate and resilient technical infrastructure to support service continuity. As part of our certification, our technical equipment and continuity measures are reviewed and audited regularly to ensure compliance with ISO 27001 standards. This certification provides assurance that we meet internationally recognized requirements for the security, reliability, and resilience of our technical infrastructure.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Once a year, Mixvoip generates a report on its financial health to ensure continuity of performance. This report is prepared by a committee including one external accounting firm and our CFO. It includes key metrics such as debt burden, cash reserves, projected cash flow trends, and revenue. Additionally, the report provides recommendations for maintaining financial stability and resilience. This report is reviewed by the executive committee and the board of directors to ensure adequate funding and proactive risk management.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Whenever a legal requirement (e.g. Regulators, Law Enforcement, …) is given, Mixvoip grants matching inspection rights
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
RZECZKOWSKI Marcin & KISTINGER Clemens
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
We carry out regular audits and tests to maintain the security and compliance of our services. These include annual certifications like ISO 27001, regulatory audits, and internal vulnerability scans. For more details about our certifications and regulatory framework, please visit our accreditations page.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
As of November 1, 2024, Mixvoip employed approximately 63 full-time equivalents (FTEs) respecting local minimum wage regulation. This figure represents the combined employees of Mixvoip SA and its subsidiaries in which Mixvoip holds at least an 80% ownership stake. Outsourced consultants are excluded from this calculation.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip generates over 12 million in annual revenue, including revenue from subsidiaries with at least 80% ownership.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Within DORA our type of services are the following, depending on the services we provide to you:
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
All employees within the company are receiving internal security trainings (GDPR, ISO, …) at a regular basis. Certifications including external and internal trainings are also provided to ensure that employees are following best practices. You can find various certifications under our accreditations page.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
On our Impressum you can see in which countries we are registered as telecom operator including the regulatory body and our reference there.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Within DORA the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is being used. Please head over to our Impressum to see the LEI codes for our entities.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Please head over to our Impressum where we list the LEI for the different entities.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Published
Published
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
ID
Path
Assigned to
Not published
Not published
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
ID
Path
Assigned to
Verified by Loic
Verified by Loic
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
ID
Path
Assigned to
No description
No description
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
ID
Path
Assigned to
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
To check if your services are covered by an SLA or to upgrade your SLA, you can reach out to our account managers. They are more than happy to outline your current SLA coverage and discuss options for upgrades to meet your specific needs. You can book a meeting with your account manager here.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
If we fail to meet the service levels outlined in your SLA contract, such as taking longer than the specified time to resolve an issue, you are eligible to claim SLA credits. You can initiate the claim process by filling out the form on our SLA claim page. Ensure to provide all necessary details about the service issue.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, an SLA contract is tied to each individual internet line. Therefore, you will need to sign an SLA for each site where you have an internet line to ensure coverage and service quality at every location.
SLA
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Once you fill out the form on our SLA claim page, we strive to process your claim as quickly as possible. Typically, it takes us between 2-3 weeks to analyze your claim and issue the credit notice. This time frame allows us to thoroughly investigate the reported issue and ensure accurate credit issuance.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
We usually do not transfer SLA credits to your bank account. Instead, we issue a credit notice and deduct the amount from your next month's invoice. This method ensures that your account balance is adjusted accurately and efficiently.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
'Certified' solutions offer deeper integration with Mixvoip services, including exceptional vendor support and extensive documentation, ideal for vendors who collaborate closely with Mixvoip. 'Compatible' products meet fundamental integration standards and are verified to work seamlessly with our services, ensuring reliable operation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Mar 11, 2026 12:15 PM GMT+5:30
Vendors can start the certification process by submitting an application to support@mixvoip.com. The application should include details about the product and how it integrates with Mixvoip services. Our team will review the submission and guide you through the next steps, including any necessary testing and documentation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The labels "certified," "compatible," or "supported" do not guarantee quick replacements for hardware. These designations indicate that the hardware meets certain technical standards or compatibility criteria with our systems. For guaranteed quick replacements, we have our “guaranteed-stock” list of hardware, which specifically ensures availability for rapid dispatch when needed. Click here to consult this list and learn more about our “guaranteed-stock”.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip ensures each customer receives a unique, dynamically allocated IPv4 address by default, with no sharing of IP addresses or use of carrier-grade NAT. For a nominal fee, this can be upgraded to a fixed IPv4 address. We adhere to strict net neutrality, blocking no traffic to provide the purest internet experience. IPv6 blocks are also available at no extra cost.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
For selecting internet bandwidth, it's generally recommended to start with at least 1 Gbit/s, especially for businesses utilizing cloud services. If higher bandwidth is available at your location, opting for more can enhance productivity and prevent slow internet from impacting your operations. This recommendation applies both to large enterprises and SMEs, where the demand for bandwidth is consistently growing.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip does not provide router access by default but grants full administrative rights for free upon request, allowing customers complete independence in managing their IT and internet security. For connections like copper DSL and coax, a modem might be necessary; however, the setup remains transparent. Customers may also configure their own devices using provided PPPOE credentials or fixed IP parameters depending on the connectivity service selected.
Internet main
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:04 PM GMT+5:30
"Support hours" refer to the times customer service is available to help with general inquiries and support issues. "Fault processing hours" are specifically for technical teams to address and resolve service faults or disruptions, typically offering extended time slots to ensure you are never without internet.
SLA
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
The "monitoring and alerting" feature specifically tracks the real-time status of your network connectivity, sending alerts for any disruptions to ensure quick resolution. "Bandwidth graphs" visually represent the usage of your network's bandwidth over time, helping you monitor traffic patterns and manage network capacity effectively. Together, these tools are crucial for optimizing and maintaining reliable internet connectivity.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Not all Emios Internet packages are fiber-based. Some buildings are not yet connected to the fiber network, and only DSL may be available, offering speeds below 100 Mbit/s. You can verify the available options for your address using our internet search page. The fiber network is expanding quickly, so availability may improve over time.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, upgrading your internet line to a higher speed is in most cases easy. Just reach out to our sales team, and we can plan the upgrade without any intervention. Please note that in some scenarios, you might need to upgrade your router or choose a faster router from our managed router model to fully benefit from the increased speed.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Our Retail internet packages meet the demands of retail business operations during weekends and peak periods like Christmas, offer extended support hours and quicker intervention times, available seven days a week. These are designed to ensure reliability during critical business times, unlike our standard fiber options which cater to general needs with more affordable pricing.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Although support for telephony, local network, and Wi-Fi is not included in our retail internet packages, we offer specialized packages for the needs of shops, restaurants, and salons. These packages come with very competitive pricing and provide support seven days a week to cover all your communication needs.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The bandwidth on DIA (Dedicated Internet Access) lines is dedicated, not shared. These are point-to-point connections, meaning a specific portion of fiber is reserved exclusively for your use. Unlike shared technologies like X-GPON, DIA lines ensure consistent performance and reliable connectivity, as your bandwidth is not affected by other users.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Businesses often require the same upload and download speeds due to applications like video conferencing, data backups, and large file transfers. A symmetrical setup, though potentially more costly, avoids bottlenecks and should be considered for businesses with more than 30 users. Investing in a symmetrical connection ensures efficient data handling, minimizes latency, and supports consistent performance.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we offer highly redundant internet lines that enter the building through different paths. Many business premises can be connected via multiple routes, and we supply the fiber route maps, known as KMZ or KML files, for complete transparency. The internet lines can be set up to terminate on either separate routers or a single router. By using BGP (Border Gateway Protocol), we enable dynamic failover and manage redundancy.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
Installing our own cables isn’t feasible due to the enormous logistical, economic, and ecological challenges it would present. It's more practical and sustainable for local infrastructure providers to build and maintain the raw cable infrastructure. This strategy is economically efficient and ecologically sound. By accessing these existing networks, Mixvoip focuses on delivering added value through our telecommunications services, ensuring customers receive high-quality, cost-effective solutions.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Purchasing services directly from infrastructure providers often lacks the personalized service and customer support that Mixvoip offers. Beyond just providing connectivity, we add value with tailored solutions, expert support, and integrated services to meet specific business needs. In a business environment, support for not only connectivity, but also network issues (including LAN and Wi-Fi), is crucial.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
The IP address assigned to your services will come from Mixvoip's own block of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Mixvoip handles the allocation of IP addresses, ensuring optimal performance and adherence to internet governance standards. Both static and dynamic options are available, depending on client needs.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Experience hassle-free billing with Mixvoip - all your invoices will be conveniently delivered to your inbox and accessible anytime on your personal Mixvoip platform. For any assistance, feel free to reach out to billing@mixvoip.com.
Home page
Published
Publish
Feb 20, 2026 07:03 PM GMT+5:30
You can contact our technicians or our sales team directly via the internet page “Contact us”. You can also book a meeting with one of our team members to find answers to all your questions.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
We would be happy to work with you! To find all the information about a partnership with Mixvoip, you can discover our page dedicated to this subject by clicking here.
Home page
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
With a SEPA Direct Debit Mandate, you can set up easy, automatic payments directly from your bank account. It’s an easy way to stay on top of your bills and never worry about missing a payment.
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
Billing
Published
Verified by Loic
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
To migrate your configuration, follow our step by step guide. In a rush? Here’s a summary:
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on Windows and mobile (Play Store for Android and App Store for iOS).
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
admin
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension, which is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile has voicemail enabled, the call can be intercepted by your voicemail if it picks up before you do. Since the system can’t distinguish between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
Voxbi
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
To transfer while on a call with Voxbi, follow these steps:
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
1. Press
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will ask you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you with the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
*.5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
Perform a Speed Test:
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
Internet Standart
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:48 PM GMT+5:30
We have a nice onboarding tutorial. Click here to open it.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Invoices are issued on a monthly basis. Recurring services are billed in advance, while usage-based services (such as call traffic) are billed in arrears.
Home page
Not published
Publish
Feb 20, 2026 10:07 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. If you're using Voxbi for communication and Tempus for workforce management, an integration can allow data to flow between the two systems to improve internal processes.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:13 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Whether you manage a single office or multiple sites, Tempus provides centralized control with the flexibility to assign local permissions. This helps standardize processes while adapting to the needs of each location.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Publish
Jan 26, 2026 08:09 PM GMT+5:30
All EU Connect plans come with our Standard SLA, which outlines the support and service levels you can expect. You can view it through the link on the page.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. You can switch between EU Connect plans as your data needs evolve.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Zone Connect EU covers European countries where your plan works. You can find the full list of countries by clicking the link here.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Both cloud provider bill your outgoing traffic according to your usage. More information can be found here:
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, AWS allows customers to encrypt data flowing between your servers and the AWS environment using IEEE 802.1AE (MACSEC). More information can be found here: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directconnect/latest/UserGuide/encryption-in-transit.html
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The installation cost depends on how accessible and roof-ready your location is.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Satellite connectivity requires a clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The antenna must be placed outdoors, ideally on a rooftop or another elevated location free from trees, walls, or other obstacles. It cannot be installed indoors (such as behind a window or under a roof overhang), as this would block the satellite signal.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Not always. The available internet speeds and technologies depend on the infrastructure at your specific location. Send us your address and preferred options at sales@mixvoip.com, and we’ll let you know which solutions are available for you.
Internet Belgium
Not published
Publish
Jan 29, 2026 08:44 PM GMT+5:30
Internet packages differ not only in speed but also in the level of service guarantees (SLAs). A higher-tier SLA may cost more, but it provides faster response times and dedicated support. This is particularly important in industries like healthcare, finance, or retail, where internet downtime can cause financial losses, compliance issues, or even safety risks. Investing in a strong SLA protects your business continuity and ensures operations run smoothly in all situations.
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
On some phones, like Xiaomi devices, calls may appear as "anonymous" when VoLTE is enabled, even if the caller's number is valid. This happens because the phone uses a different method to read the caller ID, and this information is not always transmitted by the network. Recommended solution is to disable VoLTE on your device. Incoming calls should then display the caller's number correctly.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is one of the leading SIP trunk providers in Luxembourg, with local interconnects, regulatory coverage, and advanced features like FMC and Microsoft Teams integration. For more details, visit our SIP trunk Luxembourg page.
SIP trunk
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, Voxbi supports the following devices through HID:
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
Voxbi Desktop
windows
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure you have unchecked the Private box of the contacts that you want to be available to the entire company.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Absolutely. Voxbi uses secure protocols to sync contacts and never shares your data without permission. You control which contacts are private and which are shared with the team.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
To enable contact synchronization, make sure your contacts are not marked as private in Voxbi Web, Voxbi for Windows, or on my.mixvoip. Initially, when you add a contact from Voxbi Web or Voxbi for Windows, it is marked as private, so you need to uncheck that box manually to make it public.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, all your contacts that are not marked as private will be available on all your devices and accessible by your entire company.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Allow Voxbi Mobile to access your phone contacts, and they will be instantly available under the Local contacts tab. You can import your CRM contacts as a .csv file in my.mixvoip.com, and they will be available on all your platforms - browser, desktop, or mobile.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Select the mobile phone to ring when you are not signed into your account (on Voxbi Web or Windows Desktop app) or from the drop-down list in your my.mixvoip.com account, select “on logout” in the Ring delay field (at the bottom of the list).
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure that the twinning option is set to ring simultaneously or after a delay. Also, confirm that your mobile phone is not in Do Not Disturb mode.
Admin Portal
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Check if your mobile number was entered correctly and ensure that your phone has network coverage. Also, verify that your extension settings allow calls to be forwarded.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No, the caller will see your business number as usual, maintaining a professional appearance no matter which device you use to take the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Once you answer a call on either your office phone or mobile, the ringing stops on the other device, ensuring a smooth experience.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, you can customize it to ring at the same time as your extension, only when you're not signed in, or after a set delay—whichever option best fits your needs.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Enable Mobile twinning from the Voxbi settings. Enter your mobile number in the field and select how the phone should ring. Then, update the settings and verify that the extension and mobile ringing are synchronized.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
1. Log into your my.mixvoip.com account, and activate the Mobile twinning option from the home page.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
Mixpbx
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, if you select "Always" when prompted. The first time you tap a Tel link on your mobile device, you will be asked to choose an app to handle the call and whether to use it “Just once” or “Always.” To ensure all Tel links are handled by Voxbi going forward, select Voxbi and tap Always.
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the Voxbi app has call permissions enabled in your Android device settings. If necessary, reinstall or update the app to ensure it registers properly.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No extra installation is required. The feature is built into the Voxbi Windows Desktop app. Just make sure the app is running and the tray icon is visible.
Voxbi Desktop
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
No need to copy-paste! Just highlight the number and hit your assigned keyboard shortcut - Voxbi will handle the rest.
Voxbi Desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Highlight a phone number in any application (like a document, email, CRM, or spreadsheet), then press your set shortcut to start a call directly using Voxbi or a PBX system.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Yes! The Voxbi app allows full customization. You can easily update your shortcut preferences in the Set Shortcut section accessed through the tray icon.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
To set up keyboard shortcuts, right-click on the Voxbi tray icon in your Windows taskbar and select "Set Shortcut." You can then customize the key combinations to suit your preferences by following the on-screen instructions.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Scroll through the list of apps handling TEL links, find Voxbi, and manually set it as the default app for opening clickable phone numbers.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Navigate to Windows Default Apps, search for TEL and CALLTO link types, and set the Voxbi Desktop App as the default application.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
If you manually denied voxbi.team permission to open TEL links in your browser, check whether the Voxbi Desktop app is already set as the default handler for telephone links in Windows. You have to remove it from there as well.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Some applications might override your default TEL handler. Ensure your CRM or document software allows external TEL links and does not force a different app to handle calls.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Make sure the TEL format is written correctly after the colon. Also, confirm that Voxbi is properly registered as the TEL handler in your browser’s settings
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure your browser is set to be the default app for handling TEL link types in Windows default apps. Simply adding your browser as a default TEL link handler only in the browser’s settings is not enough.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Click any TEL link on the web, a document, a CRM system, etc. Alternatively, type tel: 35220333000 in the browser URL bar and press Enter. Voxbi should start making an outgoing call and get connected to our test service.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
If multiple sites are allowed to handle Tel link calls, you need to select a default one. Navigate to your browser’s protocol handlers page (chrome://settings/handlers edge://settings/content/handlers firefox://settings/applications) and select the default browser to handle your tel link calls.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Set your preferred web browser as the default app for TEL links in Windows Default Apps settings.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
To use the feature for the first time, go to Voxbi Settings > Phone section and click Request permission to enable it.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Ensure the correct configuration of your headset by watching this Video guide
Voxbi Desktop
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Organize your contacts into groups for easier communication. Follow the instructions on our Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Discover the key features and tools Voxbi Web has to offer with this Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Start using Voxbi Web in no time with this quick Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Take control of your availability with the DND feature. Learn how to activate or deactivate with our Video guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
VOXBI Mobile offers multiple login methods to provide flexibility, security, and ease of access for users.
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
User Access
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:38 PM GMT+5:30
Easily manage your mobile twinning settings with just a few taps. Watch our Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip offers a Mail-to-SMS service that allows you to send SMS messages by simply sending an email. Follow the instructions on our Mail-to-SMS guide
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:26 PM GMT+5:30
With our Cloud PBX solution, you can send and receive faxes directly from your email. No physical fax machine needed. To send a fax via email follow the instructions on our Mail-to-Fax guide
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:24 PM GMT+5:30
To change the ringtone during a call, navigate to Settings > Phone Tab and enable the Second Call Alert. This will play a distinct sound for incoming calls while you’re on another call.
Voxbi Desktop
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Comprehensive API documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com. Explore our APIs to integrate Voxbi functionalities into your projects seamlessly.
Voxbi Desktop
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
You can find your Voxbi login by contacting your administrator, who will define or send you an email to set up your password. Alternatively, you can reach out to us at support@mixvoip.com using your professional email address for assistance.
Voxbi Desktop
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will prompt you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you to the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension and is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile voicemail is enabled, it may intercept the call if it picks up before you do. Since the system cannot differentiate between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way. The most effective solution is to disable your mobile voicemail completely.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
The difference is based on the type of network used to carry the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Published
Publish
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
A QR code allows you to quickly configure and connect the VOXBI mobile application without manually entering account details.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi is available on :
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
Voxbi Mobile
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
Adding a sound file allows you to customize what callers hear when they interact with your phone system.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Creating an IVR (Interactive Voice Response) allows you to guide callers through a menu using voice prompts and keypad selections.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call flow
IVR
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Adding contacts to your desk phone buttons allows you to quickly call or monitor important contacts with a single press.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile Twinning allows you to link your mobile phone to your office extension, so both devices ring at the same time.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Adding an extension allows you to assign a unique internal number to a user, device, or service within your phone system.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Changing the name of an extension helps you identify users more easily within your phone system.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Time-based routing allows your phone system to adapt automatically depending on the time of day or day of the week.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
To change your password, log in to your account on my.mixvoip.com.
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
The latest version of Voxbi for Windows and Mac is available on our download page. For Linux users, the web application is accessible at voxbi.team
Voxbi Desktop
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Published
Publish
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
Visit my.mixvoip.com, and enter your username and password on the administrator login page. For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation. If you are unsure of your credentials, please email us at support@mixvoip.com from your professional email address.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Published
Publish
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip follows the EU Whistleblower Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937), which establishes common minimum standards for the protection of individuals who report breaches of EU law. This directive aims to create a safe and transparent framework across member states, ensuring whistleblowers are protected from retaliation and can report concerns securely. In Luxembourg, this directive has been transposed into national law through the Law of 16 May 2023, which Mixvoip fully complies with, alongside similar regulations in other countries where it operates.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Mixvoip maintains a formal risk assessment program as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). All core services — including telephony, cloud PBX, connectivity, and call recording — are subject to regular risk assessments. These evaluations cover technical, operational, regulatory, and data protection risks, and they are reviewed and updated as part of our continuous improvement and compliance processes. e
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is not subject to AML obligations under current Luxembourg or EU financial regulations, as we do not provide financial, payment, or fiduciary services. Therefore, we do not maintain a standalone AML policy. However, we fully support our regulated customers in meeting their compliance obligations, and we implement strong Know-Your-Customer (KYC) and due diligence practices where relevant to our operations.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has a clearly defined corporate governance structure supported by internal policies, including those related to information security, compliance, risk management, and operational oversight. Governance principles are embedded across our ISO/IEC 27001-certified management system and organizational practices.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has knowledge of the financial industry’s legal and regulatory requirements, ensuring compliance with its frameworks. As a trusted ICT partner for over 4,200 business and institutional customers across Luxembourg, Belgium, and Germany, Mixvoip adheres to key regulations such as GDPR, DORA, NIS2, TKG §109 and SERIMA.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has not been the subject of any formal enforcement action. However, we routinely engage with regulatory bodies (e.g., ILR, CNPD, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP) through audits, inspections, and compliance reporting as part of our obligations. Any findings have been resolved without penalty or escalation.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
No, Mixvoip has never filed for bankruptcy. The company is financially stable and committed to ensuring business continuity. As part of this commitment, Mixvoip conducts regular checks of its financial situation to maintain operational stability and deliver reliable services to its customers.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip does not formally commission a single annual penetration test on its own initiative. However, due to the nature of our customer base — including entities subject to DORA, NIS2, PSF and ISO 27001 requirements — our systems are regularly tested as part of their independent security assessments. Mixvoip proactively collaborates with these customers and their security partners, resulting in multiple penetration testing activities throughout the year that cover various layers of our infrastructure and services. Findings from these tests are tracked and addressed as part of our continuous improvement and ISO/IEC 27001-compliant risk management process.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. Mixvoip has a formal, documented cybersecurity framework in place as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). This includes policies, procedures, and controls addressing risk management, access control, incident response, business continuity, and other key areas of cybersecurity.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip maintains a fully documented incident management process in line with ISO/IEC 27001 standards. All operational events — including any potential outages — are logged, reviewed, and, when required, notified to relevant regulatory authorities such as ILR, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP, and the appropriate data protection bodies.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip has advanced fraud monitoring systems configured with strict parameters and multiple security rules to detect, analyze, and prevent fraudulent activities in real time, allowing us to offer our anti fraud protection. Additionally, our cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, DDoS protection, and DNS Shield, further enhance our ability to safeguard against evolving fraud tactics.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
We let you choose what fits you the most: purchase your printer and print whenever you need, with no other fees or commitments, or get a printer for your business with a monthly fee and pay for the pages you print, whether in black & white or color.
Printer
Not published
Publish
Jan 24, 2026 10:53 PM GMT+5:30
The prices shown on each printer’s page include the cost of the selected printer, delivery, and setup with testing on one computer, regardless of whether you purchase just the printer or choose our managed printer service.
Printer
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
“Zone 1" refers to areas where we guarantee a Time to Intervene (TTI) as outlined in our Service Level Agreements (SLAs). This means that for customers located in Zone 1, we commit to a defined maximum intervention time for on-site support, ensuring faster response when assistance is needed.
Travelling costs
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Before setting up a managed IT contract, we conduct an initial assessment of your IT infrastructure to calculate a fixed monthly cost that covers:
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
Support contracts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we provide managed IT contracts that cover support, maintenance, updates, and guaranteed intervention times for a fixed monthly fee. Unlike hourly billing under a standard support contract, these agreements ensure predictable costs.
Support contracts
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we do! Documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com.
Voxbi
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip’sr flatrate packages that allow unlimited calls to over 100 destinations for only €9.90 per user per month, are exclusively available for PBX systems that have achieved Mixvoip's certification levels of "certified" or "compatible." This includes systems like Innovaphone, Starface, Wildix, 3CX, Asterisk, Freeswitch, Avaya, and Microsoft Teams, provided they are managed by a Mixvoip channel partner.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
SIP trunk
Published
Publish
Dec 9, 2025 08:25 PM GMT+5:30
An SMS is limited to 160 characters when using standard GSM-7 encoding (the most common encoding for text messages). This includes spaces, punctuation, and special characters.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
We provide several test numbers you can use for different testing purposes:
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
The port configuration can be found here: Voxbi - Network communication
Not published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
We leverage AI to generate summaries of phone calls, ensuring compliance with GDPR while enhancing customer service. According to guidance from the BfDI, storing AI-generated summaries without recording spoken word may not require consent. Mixvoip views this as an example of data minimization and justifies the practice under legitimate interests and contractual necessity. Click here to read the full answer.
GDPR
EU AI Act
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip SA has a D-U-N-S number, available in our Impressum.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
You can hover over any permission name to see its description. We understand the current names may not always be clear, so we’re revising them to make them easier to understand. Click here to view a table with the current and revised permission names, along with their descriptions.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Yes, we offer separate internet packages for private individuals and for businesses. Click here to view all residential internet offers.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Publish
Dec 15, 2025 02:58 AM GMT+5:30
ISO27001 is our short term for the ISO/IEC 27001 from the International Organization for Standardization and is the world`s best-known standard for information security management systems.
ISO27001
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
To obtain an updated contract that complies with DORA requirements, please be informed that our updated terms and conditions are fully DORA-compliant, specifically sections 1.5.3 and 1.12.8 address these requirements. To ensure that your inventory of Mixvoip services is current, please contact our billing department at billing@mixvoip.com. They will provide you with a contract quote listing all your existing services and service level agreements (SLAs), without modifying the duration of your contract. This quote, together with our terms and conditions, will form your contractual relationship with Mixvoip and will be fully compliant with DORA.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
With GDPR we refer to the General Data Protection Regulation of the EU.
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, Mixvoip stores and processes customer data in full compliance with GDPR. This data is securely stored on servers located within the European Union, ensuring adherence to the highest standards of data protection, privacy, and security. For more information, visit our GDPR page.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
DORA is the short term for the Digital Operational Resilience Act, a EU regulation.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
NIS2 stands for “Network & Information Security Directive” which is defined in the Directive on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union from the EU.
NIS2
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip manages its entire IT infrastructure, including installation, configuration, and operational management like backup and restore, using its own data centers and in-house personnel. While Mixvoip maintains contracts with selected external providers for limited support, such as advanced hardware replacement, these contracts do not grant access to any scoped systems, data, or processing facilities. This approach enables Mixvoip to retain full control over system access and aligns with our stringent security and compliance standards, minimizing reliance on external entities.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
We only select subcontractors who are compliant with the DORA for our critical and important ICT services.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The Information Security Program is comprehensively documented under our ISO 27001-certified ISMS and includes policies that have been formally approved by management and communicated to all relevant parties.
DORA
ISO27001
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
All our ICT subcontractors are classified as Rank 2 under the DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act) framework.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, we rely on subcontractors for ICT service provisioning, in accordance with DORA requirements and GDPR standards. For detailed information about our subcontractors, including provisioning locations and storage details, please refer to our third-party providers.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The impact of subcontracted ICT services depends on the substitutability of the service and how it is integrated into the customer’s operations. While some services may not be easily replaced, our mission is to provide reliable and consistent services to minimize potential disruptions for our customers. You can find the information on our subcontracted ICT services here.
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
While Mixvoip does not have a formalized environmental policy with specific targets, sustainability is a key focus, and the company is committed to minimizing its environmental impact. This includes initiatives such as going paperless, offering organic refreshments, using electric vehicles, and planting trees to offset its carbon footprint. Additionally, the data centers operate with 100% green electricity, utilize free cooling, recycle biomass, and continuously monitor energy efficiency to reduce CO₂ emissions and improve sustainability.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
The Business Continuity and resilience framework is established per ISO 27001 and further developed under NIS2 and DORA guidelines to ensure ongoing resilience, with policies for response, continuity, and regular review.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
In line with ISO 27001 guidelines, we have systems in place to monitor and detect security incidents. These are managed by our internal Incident Management Team. Customers can provide a designated contact for incident notifications through email, ticket submission or our web panel. If a security incident occurs, we ensure the designated contact is promptly informed with all relevant details.
ISO27001
DORA
GDPR
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
We categorize the substitutability of third-party ICT service providers into four levels:
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip conducts all operations in EUR.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Organizations can leverage tools like Tempus, which offers automated time tracking, compliance monitoring, and reporting features to help employers effectively meet the directive’s requirements. Tempus streamlines compliance processes and ensures transparency in record-keeping, making it easier for organizations to adhere to national labor laws and the European Directive.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Certain exceptions and flexibilities are permitted and integrated into labor laws. For example, specific industries or job roles (such as emergency services or seasonal work) may be subject to adapted requirements. However, these exceptions must still prioritize employee safety and well-being.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
A formal risk governance framework is in place as part of our ISO 27001 certification and aligns with NIS2 and DORA requirements. In addition to that it is necessary to fulfill the german TKG and also SERIMA. Management has approved these policies, covering risk assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and review processes.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, the European Working Time Directive 2003/88/EC is mandatory in Luxembourg. As an EU member state, Luxembourg is required to align its national labor laws with this directive, which establishes minimum standards for working hours, rest periods, and annual leave to protect workers’ health and safety.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Non-compliance can lead to legal consequences, including fines and other penalties. Moreover, non-compliant companies may face heightened risks related to employee grievances or reputational damage, underscoring the importance of adhering to these regulations.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
EU member states have incorporated the requirements of Directive 2003/88/EC into their national labor codes. These regulations address key provisions such as maximum weekly working hours, rest periods, and minimum paid annual leave. Employers within the Union are required to comply with these laws to meet both national and EU standards.
Tempus legal
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip is ISO 27001 certified, which requires us to have adequate and resilient technical infrastructure to support service continuity. As part of our certification, our technical equipment and continuity measures are reviewed and audited regularly to ensure compliance with ISO 27001 standards. This certification provides assurance that we meet internationally recognized requirements for the security, reliability, and resilience of our technical infrastructure.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Once a year, Mixvoip generates a report on its financial health to ensure continuity of performance. This report is prepared by a committee including one external accounting firm and our CFO. It includes key metrics such as debt burden, cash reserves, projected cash flow trends, and revenue. Additionally, the report provides recommendations for maintaining financial stability and resilience. This report is reviewed by the executive committee and the board of directors to ensure adequate funding and proactive risk management.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Whenever a legal requirement (e.g. Regulators, Law Enforcement, …) is given, Mixvoip grants matching inspection rights
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
RZECZKOWSKI Marcin & KISTINGER Clemens
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
We carry out regular audits and tests to maintain the security and compliance of our services. These include annual certifications like ISO 27001, regulatory audits, and internal vulnerability scans. For more details about our certifications and regulatory framework, please visit our accreditations page.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
As of November 1, 2024, Mixvoip employed approximately 63 full-time equivalents (FTEs) respecting local minimum wage regulation. This figure represents the combined employees of Mixvoip SA and its subsidiaries in which Mixvoip holds at least an 80% ownership stake. Outsourced consultants are excluded from this calculation.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip generates over 12 million in annual revenue, including revenue from subsidiaries with at least 80% ownership.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Within DORA our type of services are the following, depending on the services we provide to you:
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
All employees within the company are receiving internal security trainings (GDPR, ISO, …) at a regular basis. Certifications including external and internal trainings are also provided to ensure that employees are following best practices. You can find various certifications under our accreditations page.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
The contract duration of a new internet line is 2 years by default. Exceptions might apply for customized connectivity solutions. This will be clearly stated on our quote.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
With our internet installation packages, we can provide you with a Fritzbox for your connection. However, our technicians are trained to work with a wide range of modems. This gives you the flexibility to choose the modem that best suits your needs, and we’ll ensure your internet line is set up properly on the device you select.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:38 PM GMT+5:30
If you already have internet with Mixvoip and you are moving, you only need to contact our experts here, they will contact you back to plan everything, to make sure you have the new internet line when you need to.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
Absolutely! Whether you need a brand-new mobile number or wish to keep your current one, we've got you covered. We offer new mobile numbers and can also handle the porting process to transfer your existing number to our services, ensuring a smooth transition.
Internet Residential
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
On our Impressum you can see in which countries we are registered as telecom operator including the regulatory body and our reference there.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Within DORA the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is being used. Please head over to our Impressum to see the LEI codes for our entities.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Please head over to our Impressum where we list the LEI for the different entities.
DORA
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all Voxbi Cloud PBX FAQs.
Voxbi
Published
Hide in global DB
Publish
/faq/voxbi
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all FAQs.
Home page
Published
Hide in global DB
Publish
/faq
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
Mixvoip is one of the leading SIP trunk providers in Luxembourg, with local interconnects, regulatory coverage, and advanced features like FMC and Microsoft Teams integration. For more details, visit our SIP trunk Luxembourg page.
SIP trunk
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip offers a Mail-to-SMS service that allows you to send SMS messages by simply sending an email. Follow the instructions on our Mail-to-SMS guide
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:26 PM GMT+5:30
With our Cloud PBX solution, you can send and receive faxes directly from your email. No physical fax machine needed. To send a fax via email follow the instructions on our Mail-to-Fax guide
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:24 PM GMT+5:30
Mixvoip’sr flatrate packages that allow unlimited calls to over 100 destinations for only €9.90 per user per month, are exclusively available for PBX systems that have achieved Mixvoip's certification levels of "certified" or "compatible." This includes systems like Innovaphone, Starface, Wildix, 3CX, Asterisk, Freeswitch, Avaya, and Microsoft Teams, provided they are managed by a Mixvoip channel partner.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
SIP trunk
Published
Publish
Dec 9, 2025 08:25 PM GMT+5:30
Question
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Publish
bullet:link
Last edited time
Last edited by
All EU Connect plans come with our Standard SLA, which outlines the support and service levels you can expect. You can view it through the link on the page.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Yes. You can switch between EU Connect plans as your data needs evolve.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Zone Connect EU covers European countries where your plan works. You can find the full list of countries by clicking the link here.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
On some phones, like Xiaomi devices, calls may appear as "anonymous" when VoLTE is enabled, even if the caller's number is valid. This happens because the phone uses a different method to read the caller ID, and this information is not always transmitted by the network. Recommended solution is to disable VoLTE on your device. Incoming calls should then display the caller's number correctly.
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Yes, if you select "Always" when prompted. The first time you tap a Tel link on your mobile device, you will be asked to choose an app to handle the call and whether to use it “Just once” or “Always.” To ensure all Tel links are handled by Voxbi going forward, select Voxbi and tap Always.
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
Not published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
An SMS is limited to 160 characters when using standard GSM-7 encoding (the most common encoding for text messages). This includes spaces, punctuation, and special characters.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
Mobile
Published
Publish
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
Account
Account
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
Admin Access
Admin Access
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
Android
Android
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
Answering machine
Answering machine
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
Call flow
Call flow
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Call forwarding
Call forwarding
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Call handling
Call handling
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Call transfer
Call transfer
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Certification levels
Certification levels
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Certification levels
Certification levels
Mar 11, 2026 12:15 PM GMT+5:30
Certification levels
Certification levels
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Certification levels
Certification levels
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Contacts
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Credentials
Credentials
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
DORA
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
GDPR
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
GDPR
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
ISO27001
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
Desk phone
Desk phone
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Do not disturb
Do not disturb
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
EU AI Act
EU AI Act
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
GDPR
EU AI Act
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
Extension
Extension
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
GDPR
GDPR
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
GDPR
EU AI Act
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
GDPR
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
GDPR
DORA
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
IOS
IOS
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
ISO27001
ISO27001
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
DORA
ISO27001
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
IVR
IVR
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Integration
Integration
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Interception
Interception
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
Login
Login
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
Migration
Migration
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile abonnement
Mobile abonnement
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
Mobile twinning
Mobile twinning
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
NIS2
NIS2
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Name change
Name change
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
PBX Setup
PBX Setup
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
Phone configuration
Phone configuration
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
QR code
QR code
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Reset password
Reset password
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
SIP call
SIP call
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
SLA
SLA
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
SLA
SLA
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
SLA
Internet Luxembourg
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
SLA
Internet Retail
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
SLA
Internet Retail
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Security
Security
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
Sign in
Sign in
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Sim call
Sim call
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
Sound files
Sound files
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Time conditions
Time conditions
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
User Access
User Access
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Username
Username
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
Voicemail
Voicemail
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Voxbi Mobile
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
Voxbi web
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
api
api
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
headset
headset
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
linux
linux
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
mac
mac
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
onboarding
onboarding
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
voxbi desktop
voxbi desktop
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
windows
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
web app
web app
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
windows
windows
Question
Tag
Top category
Sub category
Page
Last edited time
Last edited by
windows
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Voxbi Desktop
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
ID
Question
Publish
bullet:link
Path
Answer
Top category
Sub category
Tag
Page
Status
Last edited time
Assigned to
Created by
Last edited by
2
Publish
'Certified' solutions offer deeper integration with Mixvoip services, including exceptional vendor support and extensive documentation, ideal for vendors who collaborate closely with Mixvoip. 'Compatible' products meet fundamental integration standards and are verified to work seamlessly with our services, ensuring reliable operation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Mar 11, 2026 12:15 PM GMT+5:30
3
Publish
/faq
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all FAQs.
Home page
Published
Hide in global DB
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
5
Publish
/faq/voxbi
If your question isn't answered here, please browse our database of all Voxbi Cloud PBX FAQs.
Voxbi
Published
Hide in global DB
Dec 5, 2025 03:37 PM GMT+5:30
6
Publish
/faq/voxbi/migrating-from-voxbi-legacy-to-voxbi-2
To migrate your configuration, follow our step by step guide. In a rush? Here’s a summary:
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
1) update Voxbi Legacy to the latest available in the store;
2) open the latest version of Voxbi Legacy at least once;
3) only then install and open Voxbi 2.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Migration
Voxbi
Published
Mar 11, 2026 12:20 PM GMT+5:30
7
Publish
Please head over to our Impressum where we list the LEI for the different entities.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
8
Publish
Within DORA the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is being used. Please head over to our Impressum to see the LEI codes for our entities.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
9
Publish
On our Impressum you can see in which countries we are registered as telecom operator including the regulatory body and our reference there.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
In addition to that please check out Our accreditations page to find for example our ISO27001 certification.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
11
Publish
With our internet installation packages, we can provide you with a Fritzbox for your connection. However, our technicians are trained to work with a wide range of modems. This gives you the flexibility to choose the modem that best suits your needs, and we’ll ensure your internet line is set up properly on the device you select.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:38 PM GMT+5:30
12
Publish
If you already have internet with Mixvoip and you are moving, you only need to contact our experts here, they will contact you back to plan everything, to make sure you have the new internet line when you need to.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
13
Publish
Absolutely! Whether you need a brand-new mobile number or wish to keep your current one, we've got you covered. We offer new mobile numbers and can also handle the porting process to transfer your existing number to our services, ensuring a smooth transition.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:40 PM GMT+5:30
14
Publish
The contract duration of a new internet line is 2 years by default. Exceptions might apply for customized connectivity solutions. This will be clearly stated on our quote.
Internet Residential
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
15
Publish
All employees within the company are receiving internal security trainings (GDPR, ISO, …) at a regular basis. Certifications including external and internal trainings are also provided to ensure that employees are following best practices. You can find various certifications under our accreditations page.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
16
Publish
We carry out regular audits and tests to maintain the security and compliance of our services. These include annual certifications like ISO 27001, regulatory audits, and internal vulnerability scans. For more details about our certifications and regulatory framework, please visit our accreditations page.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
17
Publish
As of November 1, 2024, Mixvoip employed approximately 63 full-time equivalents (FTEs) respecting local minimum wage regulation. This figure represents the combined employees of Mixvoip SA and its subsidiaries in which Mixvoip holds at least an 80% ownership stake. Outsourced consultants are excluded from this calculation.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
18
Publish
Mixvoip generates over 12 million in annual revenue, including revenue from subsidiaries with at least 80% ownership.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
19
Publish
Within DORA our type of services are the following, depending on the services we provide to you:
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
- ICT project management
- ICT help desk and first level support
- ICT security management services
- ICT, facilities and hosting services (excluding Cloud services)
- Non-Cloud Data storage
- Telecom carrier
- Network infrastructurre
- Hardware and physical devices
- Software licencing (excluding SaaS)
- ICT operation management
- ICT Consulting
- Cloud services: SaaS
- Cloud services: PaaS
- Cloud services: IaaS
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
20
Publish
RZECZKOWSKI Marcin & KISTINGER Clemens
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
70, rue des Pres
L-7333 Steinsel
regulatory@mixvoip.com
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
21
Publish
Once a year, Mixvoip generates a report on its financial health to ensure continuity of performance. This report is prepared by a committee including one external accounting firm and our CFO. It includes key metrics such as debt burden, cash reserves, projected cash flow trends, and revenue. Additionally, the report provides recommendations for maintaining financial stability and resilience. This report is reviewed by the executive committee and the board of directors to ensure adequate funding and proactive risk management.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
22
Publish
Whenever a legal requirement (e.g. Regulators, Law Enforcement, …) is given, Mixvoip grants matching inspection rights
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
For customers we refer to our Terms&Conditions, section 2.4.2
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
23
Publish
Yes, the European Working Time Directive 2003/88/EC is mandatory in Luxembourg. As an EU member state, Luxembourg is required to align its national labor laws with this directive, which establishes minimum standards for working hours, rest periods, and annual leave to protect workers’ health and safety.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
24
Publish
Non-compliance can lead to legal consequences, including fines and other penalties. Moreover, non-compliant companies may face heightened risks related to employee grievances or reputational damage, underscoring the importance of adhering to these regulations.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:43 PM GMT+5:30
25
Publish
EU member states have incorporated the requirements of Directive 2003/88/EC into their national labor codes. These regulations address key provisions such as maximum weekly working hours, rest periods, and minimum paid annual leave. Employers within the Union are required to comply with these laws to meet both national and EU standards.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
26
Publish
Mixvoip is ISO 27001 certified, which requires us to have adequate and resilient technical infrastructure to support service continuity. As part of our certification, our technical equipment and continuity measures are reviewed and audited regularly to ensure compliance with ISO 27001 standards. This certification provides assurance that we meet internationally recognized requirements for the security, reliability, and resilience of our technical infrastructure.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
28
Publish
Mixvoip conducts all operations in EUR.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
29
Publish
Organizations can leverage tools like Tempus, which offers automated time tracking, compliance monitoring, and reporting features to help employers effectively meet the directive’s requirements. Tempus streamlines compliance processes and ensures transparency in record-keeping, making it easier for organizations to adhere to national labor laws and the European Directive.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
30
Publish
Certain exceptions and flexibilities are permitted and integrated into labor laws. For example, specific industries or job roles (such as emergency services or seasonal work) may be subject to adapted requirements. However, these exceptions must still prioritize employee safety and well-being.
Tempus legal
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
31
Publish
A formal risk governance framework is in place as part of our ISO 27001 certification and aligns with NIS2 and DORA requirements. In addition to that it is necessary to fulfill the german TKG and also SERIMA. Management has approved these policies, covering risk assessment, mitigation, monitoring, and review processes.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
32
Publish
In line with ISO 27001 guidelines, we have systems in place to monitor and detect security incidents. These are managed by our internal Incident Management Team. Customers can provide a designated contact for incident notifications through email, ticket submission or our web panel. If a security incident occurs, we ensure the designated contact is promptly informed with all relevant details.
ISO27001
DORA
GDPR
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
33
Publish
We categorize the substitutability of third-party ICT service providers into four levels:
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
• Not substitutable: The service is unique, with no comparable alternatives available.
• Limited substitutability: Switching providers would require significant effort and high costs.
• Complex substitutability: Comparable providers exist, but switching would involve extra effort and costs due to dependencies.
• Easily Substitutable: The provider can be replaced easily, as there are several comparable options available in the market.
These levels help us assess the potential impact on service continuity and plan accordingly to maintain reliability for our customers.
These levels are used on our third party provider list.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
34
Publish
While Mixvoip does not have a formalized environmental policy with specific targets, sustainability is a key focus, and the company is committed to minimizing its environmental impact. This includes initiatives such as going paperless, offering organic refreshments, using electric vehicles, and planting trees to offset its carbon footprint. Additionally, the data centers operate with 100% green electricity, utilize free cooling, recycle biomass, and continuously monitor energy efficiency to reduce CO₂ emissions and improve sustainability.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
35
Publish
The Business Continuity and resilience framework is established per ISO 27001 and further developed under NIS2 and DORA guidelines to ensure ongoing resilience, with policies for response, continuity, and regular review.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:44 PM GMT+5:30
36
Publish
The impact of subcontracted ICT services depends on the substitutability of the service and how it is integrated into the customer’s operations. While some services may not be easily replaced, our mission is to provide reliable and consistent services to minimize potential disruptions for our customers. You can find the information on our subcontracted ICT services here.
DORA
ISO27001
GDPR
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:15 AM GMT+5:30
37
Publish
Yes, we rely on subcontractors for ICT service provisioning, in accordance with DORA requirements and GDPR standards. For detailed information about our subcontractors, including provisioning locations and storage details, please refer to our third-party providers.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
38
Publish
We only select subcontractors who are compliant with the DORA for our critical and important ICT services.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
40
Publish
The Information Security Program is comprehensively documented under our ISO 27001-certified ISMS and includes policies that have been formally approved by management and communicated to all relevant parties.
DORA
ISO27001
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
41
Publish
All our ICT subcontractors are classified as Rank 2 under the DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act) framework.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
42
Publish
Mixvoip manages its entire IT infrastructure, including installation, configuration, and operational management like backup and restore, using its own data centers and in-house personnel. While Mixvoip maintains contracts with selected external providers for limited support, such as advanced hardware replacement, these contracts do not grant access to any scoped systems, data, or processing facilities. This approach enables Mixvoip to retain full control over system access and aligns with our stringent security and compliance standards, minimizing reliance on external entities.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:45 PM GMT+5:30
43
Publish
/faq/tempus/where-can-i-find-the-tempus-onboarding-manual
We have a nice onboarding tutorial. Click here to open it.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
44
Publish
NIS2 stands for “Network & Information Security Directive” which is defined in the Directive on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union from the EU.
NIS2
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
45
Publish
Yes, Mixvoip stores and processes customer data in full compliance with GDPR. This data is securely stored on servers located within the European Union, ensuring adherence to the highest standards of data protection, privacy, and security. For more information, visit our GDPR page.
GDPR
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
46
Publish
DORA is the short term for the Digital Operational Resilience Act, a EU regulation.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
47
Publish
With GDPR we refer to the General Data Protection Regulation of the EU.
GDPR
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:47 PM GMT+5:30
48
Publish
ISO27001 is our short term for the ISO/IEC 27001 from the International Organization for Standardization and is the world`s best-known standard for information security management systems.
ISO27001
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
49
Publish
To obtain an updated contract that complies with DORA requirements, please be informed that our updated terms and conditions are fully DORA-compliant, specifically sections 1.5.3 and 1.12.8 address these requirements. To ensure that your inventory of Mixvoip services is current, please contact our billing department at billing@mixvoip.com. They will provide you with a contract quote listing all your existing services and service level agreements (SLAs), without modifying the duration of your contract. This quote, together with our terms and conditions, will form your contractual relationship with Mixvoip and will be fully compliant with DORA.
DORA
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
50
Publish
Yes, we offer separate internet packages for private individuals and for businesses. Click here to view all residential internet offers.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Dec 15, 2025 02:58 AM GMT+5:30
51
Publish
/faq/tempus/where-can-i-find-descriptions-for-tempus-security-group-permissions
You can hover over any permission name to see its description. We understand the current names may not always be clear, so we’re revising them to make them easier to understand. Click here to view a table with the current and revised permission names, along with their descriptions.
Voxbi Tempus
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
52
Publish
/faq/compliance/how-does-mixvoip-interpret-the-current-situation-of-using-ai-to-summarize-phone-calls
We leverage AI to generate summaries of phone calls, ensuring compliance with GDPR while enhancing customer service. According to guidance from the BfDI, storing AI-generated summaries without recording spoken word may not require consent. Mixvoip views this as an example of data minimization and justifies the practice under legitimate interests and contractual necessity. Click here to read the full answer.
GDPR
EU AI Act
Published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
53
Publish
Mixvoip SA has a D-U-N-S number, available in our Impressum.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Our related companies in the different countries can all be identified by the VAT number and also the LEI code.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
54
Publish
/faq/voxbi/firewall-settings
The port configuration can be found here: Voxbi - Network communication
Not published
Dec 11, 2025 02:19 AM GMT+5:30
56
Publish
Perform a Speed Test:
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
We recommend starting by conducting a speed test on your line. Since the speed can never be guaranteed with a wireless connection (such as Wi-Fi), please connect your computer to the router using an Ethernet cable.
1. Visit the Speed Test Website:
Go to www.speedtest.lu and click on the"BEGIN TEST" button. Wait for the results to be fully displayed (PING, DOWNLOAD SPEED, UPLOAD SPEED).
2. Interpret the Results:
YES: If the results match the speed of your Internet subscription, the speed issue does not seem to come from your line. Please check your computer hardware or network.
NO: If the results do not match the speed of your Internet subscription, please restart your router. Unplug the power from your router for a few seconds and then plug it back in.
Internet Standart
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:48 PM GMT+5:30
57
Publish
Our Retail internet packages meet the demands of retail business operations during weekends and peak periods like Christmas, offer extended support hours and quicker intervention times, available seven days a week. These are designed to ensure reliability during critical business times, unlike our standard fiber options which cater to general needs with more affordable pricing.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
59
Publish
Yes, an SLA contract is tied to each individual internet line. Therefore, you will need to sign an SLA for each site where you have an internet line to ensure coverage and service quality at every location.
SLA
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
60
Publish
We provide several test numbers you can use for different testing purposes:
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
+352 20 333 000: Perform an echo test to hear your own voice back.
+352 20 333 001: Echo test without any announcement, perfect for a quick and silent testing.
+352 20 333 002: Use this number for a Milliwatt test to check the quality of your connection.
+352 20 333 010: Listen to a metronome tone on our Supernode system.
+352 20 333 012: Access an audiobook service hosted on our Supernode.
+352 20 600 246: Call this number to hear your caller ID in an international format.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
61
Publish
To check if your services are covered by an SLA or to upgrade your SLA, you can reach out to our account managers. They are more than happy to outline your current SLA coverage and discuss options for upgrades to meet your specific needs. You can book a meeting with your account manager here.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
62
Publish
Purchasing services directly from infrastructure providers often lacks the personalized service and customer support that Mixvoip offers. Beyond just providing connectivity, we add value with tailored solutions, expert support, and integrated services to meet specific business needs. In a business environment, support for not only connectivity, but also network issues (including LAN and Wi-Fi), is crucial.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
63
Publish
To transfer while on a call with Voxbi, follow these steps:
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
1. Press
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will ask you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be either an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you with the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press
*.5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
64
Publish
You can contact our technicians or our sales team directly via the internet page “Contact us”. You can also book a meeting with one of our team members to find answers to all your questions.
Home page
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
66
Publish
Once you fill out the form on our SLA claim page, we strive to process your claim as quickly as possible. Typically, it takes us between 2-3 weeks to analyze your claim and issue the credit notice. This time frame allows us to thoroughly investigate the reported issue and ensure accurate credit issuance.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
67
Publish
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension, which is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile has voicemail enabled, the call can be intercepted by your voicemail if it picks up before you do. Since the system can’t distinguish between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
To prevent this, you can either disable your mobile voicemail completely or extend the voicemail delay to be longer than the group’s ring time. The best solution is to completely disable your mobile voicemail.
Voxbi
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
68
Publish
Although support for telephony, local network, and Wi-Fi is not included in our retail internet packages, we offer specialized packages for the needs of shops, restaurants, and salons. These packages come with very competitive pricing and provide support seven days a week to cover all your communication needs.
SLA
Internet Retail
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
70
Publish
We would be happy to work with you! To find all the information about a partnership with Mixvoip, you can discover our page dedicated to this subject by clicking here.
Home page
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
71
Publish
Installing our own cables isn’t feasible due to the enormous logistical, economic, and ecological challenges it would present. It's more practical and sustainable for local infrastructure providers to build and maintain the raw cable infrastructure. This strategy is economically efficient and ecologically sound. By accessing these existing networks, Mixvoip focuses on delivering added value through our telecommunications services, ensuring customers receive high-quality, cost-effective solutions.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:49 PM GMT+5:30
72
Publish
Yes, upgrading your internet line to a higher speed is in most cases easy. Just reach out to our sales team, and we can plan the upgrade without any intervention. Please note that in some scenarios, you might need to upgrade your router or choose a faster router from our managed router model to fully benefit from the increased speed.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
75
Publish
Vendors can start the certification process by submitting an application to support@mixvoip.com. The application should include details about the product and how it integrates with Mixvoip services. Our team will review the submission and guide you through the next steps, including any necessary testing and documentation.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
76
Publish
Not all Emios Internet packages are fiber-based. Some buildings are not yet connected to the fiber network, and only DSL may be available, offering speeds below 100 Mbit/s. You can verify the available options for your address using our internet search page. The fiber network is expanding quickly, so availability may improve over time.
Internet Standart
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
77
Publish
Voxbi is available on Windows and mobile (Play Store for Android and App Store for iOS).
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
Mac and Linux users can use the web application available at https://voxbi.team/.
You can download the latest version of Voxbi for Windows from our download page.
admin
Voxbi
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
78
Publish
"Support hours" refer to the times customer service is available to help with general inquiries and support issues. "Fault processing hours" are specifically for technical teams to address and resolve service faults or disruptions, typically offering extended time slots to ensure you are never without internet.
SLA
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
79
Publish
Yes, we offer highly redundant internet lines that enter the building through different paths. Many business premises can be connected via multiple routes, and we supply the fiber route maps, known as KMZ or KML files, for complete transparency. The internet lines can be set up to terminate on either separate routers or a single router. By using BGP (Border Gateway Protocol), we enable dynamic failover and manage redundancy.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:50 PM GMT+5:30
80
Publish
The "monitoring and alerting" feature specifically tracks the real-time status of your network connectivity, sending alerts for any disruptions to ensure quick resolution. "Bandwidth graphs" visually represent the usage of your network's bandwidth over time, helping you monitor traffic patterns and manage network capacity effectively. Together, these tools are crucial for optimizing and maintaining reliable internet connectivity.
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
81
Publish
Mixvoip does not provide router access by default but grants full administrative rights for free upon request, allowing customers complete independence in managing their IT and internet security. For connections like copper DSL and coax, a modem might be necessary; however, the setup remains transparent. Customers may also configure their own devices using provided PPPOE credentials or fixed IP parameters depending on the connectivity service selected.
Internet main
Internet Luxembourg
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:04 PM GMT+5:30
82
Publish
We usually do not transfer SLA credits to your bank account. Instead, we issue a credit notice and deduct the amount from your next month's invoice. This method ensures that your account balance is adjusted accurately and efficiently.
SLA claim
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
83
Publish
The IP address assigned to your services will come from Mixvoip's own block of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Mixvoip handles the allocation of IP addresses, ensuring optimal performance and adherence to internet governance standards. Both static and dynamic options are available, depending on client needs.
Infrastructure providers
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
85
Publish
If we fail to meet the service levels outlined in your SLA contract, such as taking longer than the specified time to resolve an issue, you are eligible to claim SLA credits. You can initiate the claim process by filling out the form on our SLA claim page. Ensure to provide all necessary details about the service issue.
SLA
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
88
Publish
Experience hassle-free billing with Mixvoip - all your invoices will be conveniently delivered to your inbox and accessible anytime on your personal Mixvoip platform. For any assistance, feel free to reach out to billing@mixvoip.com.
Home page
Published
Feb 20, 2026 07:03 PM GMT+5:30
89
Publish
Businesses often require the same upload and download speeds due to applications like video conferencing, data backups, and large file transfers. A symmetrical setup, though potentially more costly, avoids bottlenecks and should be considered for businesses with more than 30 users. Investing in a symmetrical connection ensures efficient data handling, minimizes latency, and supports consistent performance.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
90
Publish
The bandwidth on DIA (Dedicated Internet Access) lines is dedicated, not shared. These are point-to-point connections, meaning a specific portion of fiber is reserved exclusively for your use. Unlike shared technologies like X-GPON, DIA lines ensure consistent performance and reliable connectivity, as your bandwidth is not affected by other users.
Internet DIA/DIL
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
91
Publish
Mixvoip ensures each customer receives a unique, dynamically allocated IPv4 address by default, with no sharing of IP addresses or use of carrier-grade NAT. For a nominal fee, this can be upgraded to a fixed IPv4 address. We adhere to strict net neutrality, blocking no traffic to provide the purest internet experience. IPv6 blocks are also available at no extra cost.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
92
Publish
The labels "certified," "compatible," or "supported" do not guarantee quick replacements for hardware. These designations indicate that the hardware meets certain technical standards or compatibility criteria with our systems. For guaranteed quick replacements, we have our “guaranteed-stock” list of hardware, which specifically ensures availability for rapid dispatch when needed. Click here to consult this list and learn more about our “guaranteed-stock”.
Certification levels
Certification levels
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
95
Publish
With a SEPA Direct Debit Mandate, you can set up easy, automatic payments directly from your bank account. It’s an easy way to stay on top of your bills and never worry about missing a payment.
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
You can find the SEPA documents in different languages at the following links:
🇬🇧 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-en
🇫🇷 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-fr
🇩🇪 https://sign.mixvoip.com/public/sepa-mv-de
Billing
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
96
Publish
For selecting internet bandwidth, it's generally recommended to start with at least 1 Gbit/s, especially for businesses utilizing cloud services. If higher bandwidth is available at your location, opting for more can enhance productivity and prevent slow internet from impacting your operations. This recommendation applies both to large enterprises and SMEs, where the demand for bandwidth is consistently growing.
Internet main
Published
Verified by Loic
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
97
Publish
An SMS is limited to 160 characters when using standard GSM-7 encoding (the most common encoding for text messages). This includes spaces, punctuation, and special characters.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
If your message contains characters not supported by GSM-7 (e.g., certain emojis or non-Latin characters), it will be sent using Unicode encoding (UCS-2). In this case, the character limit is reduced to 70 characters per SMS.
For longer messages, SMS uses a feature called "concatenation" to split the text into multiple parts. Each part reserves characters for linking, reducing the effective limit to 153 characters per part for GSM-7 or 67 characters per part for UCS-2.
For example:
• A 300-character message in GSM-7 will be split into 2 parts of 153 characters and 1 part of 94 characters.
• A 300-character message in UCS-2 will require 5 parts of 67 characters each.
The price for sending SMS is calculated per part, so longer messages may incur higher costs.
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
98
Publish
Mixvoip’sr flatrate packages that allow unlimited calls to over 100 destinations for only €9.90 per user per month, are exclusively available for PBX systems that have achieved Mixvoip's certification levels of "certified" or "compatible." This includes systems like Innovaphone, Starface, Wildix, 3CX, Asterisk, Freeswitch, Avaya, and Microsoft Teams, provided they are managed by a Mixvoip channel partner.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
Flatrate packages are not available for use in call centers or with any automated call dialing systems, such as predictive dialers. You can find the list of countries included in our flatrate package on our call rates page.
SIP trunk
Published
Dec 9, 2025 08:25 PM GMT+5:30
101
Publish
Yes, we do! Documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com.
Voxbi
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
106
Publish
Yes, we provide managed IT contracts that cover support, maintenance, updates, and guaranteed intervention times for a fixed monthly fee. Unlike hourly billing under a standard support contract, these agreements ensure predictable costs.
Support contracts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
107
Publish
Before setting up a managed IT contract, we conduct an initial assessment of your IT infrastructure to calculate a fixed monthly cost that covers:
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
• IT support for daily operations and troubleshooting
• Regular updates, patches, and maintenance to keep systems secure and optimized
• Documentation of your IT setup
• Inventory tracking, with updates after major organizational changes or on a scheduled basis (e.g., every 6 months)
Support contracts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
108
Publish
“Zone 1" refers to areas where we guarantee a Time to Intervene (TTI) as outlined in our Service Level Agreements (SLAs). This means that for customers located in Zone 1, we commit to a defined maximum intervention time for on-site support, ensuring faster response when assistance is needed.
Travelling costs
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
113
Publish
The prices shown on each printer’s page include the cost of the selected printer, delivery, and setup with testing on one computer, regardless of whether you purchase just the printer or choose our managed printer service.
Printer
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
114
Publish
We let you choose what fits you the most: purchase your printer and print whenever you need, with no other fees or commitments, or get a printer for your business with a monthly fee and pay for the pages you print, whether in black & white or color.
Printer
Not published
Jan 24, 2026 10:53 PM GMT+5:30
115
Publish
Mixvoip has advanced fraud monitoring systems configured with strict parameters and multiple security rules to detect, analyze, and prevent fraudulent activities in real time, allowing us to offer our anti fraud protection. Additionally, our cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, DDoS protection, and DNS Shield, further enhance our ability to safeguard against evolving fraud tactics.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Mixvoip maintains an exceptionally low complaint rate. This reflects the high level of satisfaction among our customers and the reliability of our services. Our proactive approach to monitoring and resolving issues ensures continued trust and seamless operations for all clients.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
116
Publish
Mixvoip maintains a fully documented incident management process in line with ISO/IEC 27001 standards. All operational events — including any potential outages — are logged, reviewed, and, when required, notified to relevant regulatory authorities such as ILR, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP, and the appropriate data protection bodies.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
As part of our commitment to transparency and compliance, we support regulated customers (including those under DORA) by providing incident-related information as contractually agreed or required by regulation. For confidentiality and security reasons, we do not publicly disclose complete incident history. Detailed information is shared only on a need-to-know basis, and only with the concerned customer, relating strictly to services they receive from Mixvoip. As a multi-service operator, we do not disclose incidents affecting unrelated services or other customers.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
117
Publish
Yes. Mixvoip has a formal, documented cybersecurity framework in place as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). This includes policies, procedures, and controls addressing risk management, access control, incident response, business continuity, and other key areas of cybersecurity.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:05 PM GMT+5:30
118
Publish
Mixvoip does not formally commission a single annual penetration test on its own initiative. However, due to the nature of our customer base — including entities subject to DORA, NIS2, PSF and ISO 27001 requirements — our systems are regularly tested as part of their independent security assessments. Mixvoip proactively collaborates with these customers and their security partners, resulting in multiple penetration testing activities throughout the year that cover various layers of our infrastructure and services. Findings from these tests are tracked and addressed as part of our continuous improvement and ISO/IEC 27001-compliant risk management process.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
119
Publish
No, Mixvoip has never filed for bankruptcy. The company is financially stable and committed to ensuring business continuity. As part of this commitment, Mixvoip conducts regular checks of its financial situation to maintain operational stability and deliver reliable services to its customers.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
120
Publish
Mixvoip has not been the subject of any formal enforcement action. However, we routinely engage with regulatory bodies (e.g., ILR, CNPD, IBPT, BNetzA, ARCEP) through audits, inspections, and compliance reporting as part of our obligations. Any findings have been resolved without penalty or escalation.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
121
Publish
Mixvoip has knowledge of the financial industry’s legal and regulatory requirements, ensuring compliance with its frameworks. As a trusted ICT partner for over 4,200 business and institutional customers across Luxembourg, Belgium, and Germany, Mixvoip adheres to key regulations such as GDPR, DORA, NIS2, TKG §109 and SERIMA.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Together with our ISO 27001 certification this highlights our commitment to secure information management systems and telecommunications security. In addition to that Mixvoip actively engages with national telecom regulatory bodies. All this allows Mixvoip to deliver solutions for its clients, including highly regulated sectors like finance.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:24 PM GMT+5:30
122
Publish
Mixvoip has a clearly defined corporate governance structure supported by internal policies, including those related to information security, compliance, risk management, and operational oversight. Governance principles are embedded across our ISO/IEC 27001-certified management system and organizational practices.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:06 PM GMT+5:30
123
Publish
Mixvoip is not subject to AML obligations under current Luxembourg or EU financial regulations, as we do not provide financial, payment, or fiduciary services. Therefore, we do not maintain a standalone AML policy. However, we fully support our regulated customers in meeting their compliance obligations, and we implement strong Know-Your-Customer (KYC) and due diligence practices where relevant to our operations.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
125
Publish
Yes. Mixvoip maintains a formal risk assessment program as part of its ISO/IEC 27001-certified Information Security Management System (ISMS). All core services — including telephony, cloud PBX, connectivity, and call recording — are subject to regular risk assessments. These evaluations cover technical, operational, regulatory, and data protection risks, and they are reviewed and updated as part of our continuous improvement and compliance processes. e
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
126
Publish
Mixvoip follows the EU Whistleblower Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937), which establishes common minimum standards for the protection of individuals who report breaches of EU law. This directive aims to create a safe and transparent framework across member states, ensuring whistleblowers are protected from retaliation and can report concerns securely. In Luxembourg, this directive has been transposed into national law through the Law of 16 May 2023, which Mixvoip fully complies with, alongside similar regulations in other countries where it operates.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Our whistleblowing policy guarantees confidentiality and safeguards the identity of whistleblowers, ensuring that their reports are handled securely and without fear of retaliation. To facilitate reporting, we have established a dedicated email address, whistleblowing@mixvoip.com, which provides an accessible and confidential channel for submitting concerns. Mixvoip guarantees compliance with all legal requirements to protect whistleblowers and encourages reporting in good faith to address breaches effectively.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:07 PM GMT+5:30
139
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-login
Visit my.mixvoip.com, and enter your username and password on the administrator login page. For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation. If you are unsure of your credentials, please email us at support@mixvoip.com from your professional email address.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Login
Credentials
Admin
Admin Access
Published
Mar 30, 2026 04:25 PM GMT+5:30
140
Publish
The latest version of Voxbi for Windows and Mac is available on our download page. For Linux users, the web application is accessible at voxbi.team
Voxbi Desktop
windows
mac
linux
web app
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 8, 2025 02:18 PM GMT+5:30
141
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-change-my-admin-password
To change your password, log in to your account on my.mixvoip.com.
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Go to Sub accounts, where you will find the option to update your password. Enter your new password and save the changes.
For a detailed guide, watch our Video Guide
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Security
Account
Password
Credentials
Reset password
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:12 PM GMT+5:30
142
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/ho-do-i-configure-time-based-routing-for-an-answering-machine
Time-based routing allows your phone system to adapt automatically depending on the time of day or day of the week.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Its main purpose is to ensure that callers always receive the appropriate message or are routed correctly, whether your business is open or closed.
For example, during working hours, calls can be directed to your team, while outside business hours, callers can hear a custom message or be redirected to voicemail.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures that your communication remains professional at all times.
For detailed instructions, view our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Time conditions
PBX Setup
Answering machine
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:18 PM GMT+5:30
143
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-change-the-name-of-an-extension
Changing the name of an extension helps you identify users more easily within your phone system.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
It ensures that the correct name is displayed in places such as internal directories, call logs, and caller ID, making communication clearer for both employees and callers.
This is especially useful for keeping your system organized and maintaining a professional image
For a step-by-step guide, watch our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Username
Name
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Name change
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
144
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-do-i-add-an-extension
Adding an extension allows you to assign a unique internal number to a user, device, or service within your phone system.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Its purpose is to enable internal communication between users and to define how calls are routed to specific people or functions.
Extensions are essential for organizing your telephony system, making it easy to reach colleagues, departments, or devices quickly and efficiently.
For detailed steps, refer to our Video Guide or download the PDF documentation.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Extension
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:14 PM GMT+5:30
145
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-setup-mobile-twinning
Mobile Twinning allows you to link your mobile phone to your office extension, so both devices ring at the same time.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to ensure that you can answer calls wherever you are, without missing important communications when you are away from your desk.
It also allows you to make and receive calls using your professional number on your mobile device, helping you stay reachable and maintain a consistent business identity.
For detailed instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call forwarding
Mobile twinning
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:15 PM GMT+5:30
146
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-add-contact-buttons-on-desk-phones
Adding contacts to your desk phone buttons allows you to quickly call or monitor important contacts with a single press.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to save time and improve efficiency by giving you direct access to frequently used numbers, such as colleagues, reception, or key partners.
In some cases, these buttons can also show the status of other extensions (busy, available), helping you manage calls more effectively.
For a detailed guide, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Contacts
Phone configuration
Desk phone
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
147
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/create-an-ivr
Creating an IVR (Interactive Voice Response) allows you to guide callers through a menu using voice prompts and keypad selections.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to route calls efficiently to the right person or department without needing a receptionist to handle every call.
It also helps provide a more professional and structured caller experience, allowing callers to quickly choose the option that best matches their needs.
For step-by-step instructions, watch our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Call flow
IVR
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
148
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/how-to-add-a-soundfile
Adding a sound file allows you to customize what callers hear when they interact with your phone system.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to deliver clear and professional audio messages, such as greetings, announcements, voicemail messages, or IVR prompts.
This helps improve the caller experience and ensures your communication is consistent and aligned with your company’s image.
For detailed guidance, refer to our Video Guide.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Audio upload
Audio
Sound files
PBX Setup
Admin Access
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
158
Publish
Voxbi is available on :
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
• Play Store for Android
• App Store for iOS
Voxbi Mobile
IOS
Android
Voxbi Mobile
Published
Dec 12, 2025 01:16 PM GMT+5:30
159
Publish
/faq/mixpbx/qr-code-mobile-provisionning
A QR code allows you to quickly configure and connect the VOXBI mobile application without manually entering account details.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Its purpose is to simplify the setup process by securely transferring your credentials to the app in just a few seconds.
This makes onboarding faster, reduces the risk of errors, and ensures a smooth connection to your phone system.
For a detailed walkthrough, refer to our Video Guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Mixpbx
Voxbi Mobile
QR code
Published
Mar 31, 2026 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
160
Publish
The difference is based on the type of network used to carry the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
SIP (purple button / VoIP) calls use your data connection (Wi-Fi, 4G, 5G, etc.). Their purpose is to route calls through the internet, allowing you to use your business telephony system and its features.
GSM (green button) calls use your mobile network (SIM card) instead of data. Their purpose is to place calls through your mobile carrier, like a traditional phone call.
In short, VoIP uses data, while GSM uses the mobile network to handle the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
SIP call
Sim call
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:47 PM GMT+5:30
162
Publish
When a call comes into your group, it rings your extension and is then forwarded to your mobile. If your mobile voicemail is enabled, it may intercept the call if it picks up before you do. Since the system cannot differentiate between a person answering and the voicemail picking up, the call is treated the same way. The most effective solution is to disable your mobile voicemail completely.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Voicemail
Interception
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:40 PM GMT+5:30
163
Publish
1. Press
2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
# to initiate the transfer process. The PBX system will prompt you to enter the destination number.2. Enter the desired destination number, which can be an internal extension or an external number.
3. Press
# again to confirm, and the PBX will connect you to the destination number.4. If you need to cancel the transfer, press .
5. To finalize the transfer, simply hang up the phone.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Call transfer
Call handling
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:17 PM GMT+5:30
164
Publish
You can find your Voxbi login by contacting your administrator, who will define or send you an email to set up your password. Alternatively, you can reach out to us at support@mixvoip.com using your professional email address for assistance.
Voxbi Desktop
Credentials
Account
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
165
Publish
Comprehensive API documentation is available at docs.voxbi.com. Explore our APIs to integrate Voxbi functionalities into your projects seamlessly.
Voxbi Desktop
api
Integration
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:16 PM GMT+5:30
166
Publish
To change the ringtone during a call, navigate to Settings > Phone Tab and enable the Second Call Alert. This will play a distinct sound for incoming calls while you’re on another call.
Voxbi Desktop
Windows
Windows App
Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
168
Publish
With our Cloud PBX solution, you can send and receive faxes directly from your email. No physical fax machine needed. To send a fax via email follow the instructions on our Mail-to-Fax guide
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Prefer using a traditional fax machine?
You can still use your fax device with an analog-to-IP converter. However, due to the nature of modern networks, we cannot guarantee 100% transmission reliability.
For more details, read our articles:
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead?
• 📄 Is the Fax Dead? (2/2) – Update
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:24 PM GMT+5:30
169
Publish
Mixvoip offers a Mail-to-SMS service that allows you to send SMS messages by simply sending an email. Follow the instructions on our Mail-to-SMS guide
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:26 PM GMT+5:30
171
Publish
Easily manage your mobile twinning settings with just a few taps. Watch our Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:27 PM GMT+5:30
172
Publish
VOXBI Mobile offers multiple login methods to provide flexibility, security, and ease of access for users.
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Each method is designed to suit different situations:
• QR code for quick and easy setup
• SMS or passwordless login for secure access without remembering a password
• SSO login for seamless integration with your company’s authentication system
• Login information (account name, extension, password) for standard access
The purpose is to ensure that every user can connect to their account in the most convenient and secure way, while simplifying the onboarding process.
Get started quickly by following this Video guide
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
User Access
Published
Apr 2, 2026 12:38 PM GMT+5:30
173
Publish
Take control of your availability with the DND feature. Learn how to activate or deactivate with our Video guide.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Do not disturb
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
174
Publish
Start using Voxbi Web in no time with this quick Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Desktop
Windows App
Login
Sign in
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
175
Publish
Discover the key features and tools Voxbi Web has to offer with this Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
onboarding
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
176
Publish
Organize your contacts into groups for easier communication. Follow the instructions on our Video guide.
Voxbi Desktop
Contacts
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
177
Publish
Ensure the correct configuration of your headset by watching this Video guide
Voxbi Desktop
Windows App
windows
headset
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
186
Publish
To use the feature for the first time, go to Voxbi Settings > Phone section and click Request permission to enable it.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
If you have manually denied Voxbi permission to open TEL links you should request permission to enable the feature.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
187
Publish
Set your preferred web browser as the default app for TEL links in Windows Default Apps settings.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
188
Publish
If multiple sites are allowed to handle Tel link calls, you need to select a default one. Navigate to your browser’s protocol handlers page (chrome://settings/handlers edge://settings/content/handlers firefox://settings/applications) and select the default browser to handle your tel link calls.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
191
Publish
Click any TEL link on the web, a document, a CRM system, etc. Alternatively, type tel: 35220333000 in the browser URL bar and press Enter. Voxbi should start making an outgoing call and get connected to our test service.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
click to call
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
192
Publish
Ensure your browser is set to be the default app for handling TEL link types in Windows default apps. Simply adding your browser as a default TEL link handler only in the browser’s settings is not enough.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
193
Publish
Make sure the TEL format is written correctly after the colon. Also, confirm that Voxbi is properly registered as the TEL handler in your browser’s settings
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
194
Publish
Some applications might override your default TEL handler. Ensure your CRM or document software allows external TEL links and does not force a different app to handle calls.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:28 PM GMT+5:30
195
Publish
If you manually denied voxbi.team permission to open TEL links in your browser, check whether the Voxbi Desktop app is already set as the default handler for telephone links in Windows. You have to remove it from there as well.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
click to call
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
197
Publish
Navigate to Windows Default Apps, search for TEL and CALLTO link types, and set the Voxbi Desktop App as the default application.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
voxbi desktop
Voxbi web
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
198
Publish
Scroll through the list of apps handling TEL links, find Voxbi, and manually set it as the default app for opening clickable phone numbers.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
199
Publish
To set up keyboard shortcuts, right-click on the Voxbi tray icon in your Windows taskbar and select "Set Shortcut." You can then customize the key combinations to suit your preferences by following the on-screen instructions.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
shortcut
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
200
Publish
Yes! The Voxbi app allows full customization. You can easily update your shortcut preferences in the Set Shortcut section accessed through the tray icon.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
201
Publish
Yes. Highlight a phone number in any application (like a document, email, CRM, or spreadsheet), then press your set shortcut to start a call directly using Voxbi or a PBX system.
Voxbi Desktop
click to call
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
202
Publish
No need to copy-paste! Just highlight the number and hit your assigned keyboard shortcut - Voxbi will handle the rest.
Voxbi Desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:22 PM GMT+5:30
203
Publish
No extra installation is required. The feature is built into the Voxbi Windows Desktop app. Just make sure the app is running and the tray icon is visible.
Voxbi Desktop
shortcut
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
207
Publish
Ensure the Voxbi app has call permissions enabled in your Android device settings. If necessary, reinstall or update the app to ensure it registers properly.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
208
Publish
Yes, if you select "Always" when prompted. The first time you tap a Tel link on your mobile device, you will be asked to choose an app to handle the call and whether to use it “Just once” or “Always.” To ensure all Tel links are handled by Voxbi going forward, select Voxbi and tap Always.
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
If you want to revert to the default settings for handling Tel links, open the App info (from the device’s settings or long-press the Voxbi icon, then tap in the top-right corner to open App info). Tap on the Set as default section, then tap on the Clear button. Next time you tap a linked telephone number, you will be asked to choose which app should start calling and if you want to use it “Just once” or “Always.”
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
209
Publish
1. Log into your my.mixvoip.com account, and activate the Mobile twinning option from the home page.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
2. Sign in to your Voxbi Web or Windows desktop app account, navigate to the Phone section in Voxbi settings, and customize Mobile Twinning to suit your needs.
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
210
Publish
Enable Mobile twinning from the Voxbi settings. Enter your mobile number in the field and select how the phone should ring. Then, update the settings and verify that the extension and mobile ringing are synchronized.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Alternatively, you can use your my.mixvoip.com account to add your mobile number and enable Mobile Twinning.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
211
Publish
Yes, you can customize it to ring at the same time as your extension, only when you're not signed in, or after a set delay—whichever option best fits your needs.
Voxbi Mobile
Voxbi Mobile
Mobile twinning
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
212
Publish
Once you answer a call on either your office phone or mobile, the ringing stops on the other device, ensuring a smooth experience.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
213
Publish
No, the caller will see your business number as usual, maintaining a professional appearance no matter which device you use to take the call.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
214
Publish
Check if your mobile number was entered correctly and ensure that your phone has network coverage. Also, verify that your extension settings allow calls to be forwarded.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
215
Publish
Make sure that the twinning option is set to ring simultaneously or after a delay. Also, confirm that your mobile phone is not in Do Not Disturb mode.
Admin Portal
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
216
Publish
Select the mobile phone to ring when you are not signed into your account (on Voxbi Web or Windows Desktop app) or from the drop-down list in your my.mixvoip.com account, select “on logout” in the Ring delay field (at the bottom of the list).
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
218
Publish
Allow Voxbi Mobile to access your phone contacts, and they will be instantly available under the Local contacts tab. You can import your CRM contacts as a .csv file in my.mixvoip.com, and they will be available on all your platforms - browser, desktop, or mobile.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
219
Publish
Yes, all your contacts that are not marked as private will be available on all your devices and accessible by your entire company.
Admin Portal
Mixpbx
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
220
Publish
To enable contact synchronization, make sure your contacts are not marked as private in Voxbi Web, Voxbi for Windows, or on my.mixvoip. Initially, when you add a contact from Voxbi Web or Voxbi for Windows, it is marked as private, so you need to uncheck that box manually to make it public.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
On Voxbi Mobile you have instant access to all public contacts under PBX contacts, and to sync your personal phone contacts, you have to grant the app access to your contacts. Once done, each new contact added to your phone will appear automatically in the Local contacts list on your Voxbi mobile.
Voxbi Desktop
Voxbi web
voxbi desktop
Contacts
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
222
Publish
Absolutely. Voxbi uses secure protocols to sync contacts and never shares your data without permission. You control which contacts are private and which are shared with the team.
Voxbi Mobile
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:29 PM GMT+5:30
223
Publish
Make sure you have unchecked the Private box of the contacts that you want to be available to the entire company.
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
228
Publish
Yes, Voxbi supports the following devices through HID:
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
◦ EPOS Impact 1030 Single-Sided Wireless Headset for PC - High priority
◦ Dell WH3022 Pro Stereo Headset
◦ Lenovo Wired VoIP Headset
◦ Logitech USB Headset H570e Stereo
◦ Yealink WH62 Mono Wireless DECT Headset.
Additionally, we support all Jabra devices through Jabra's DSK (HID is not required).
You can connect both HID and Jabra headsets using either a USB cable or a dongle. Please note that Voxbi does not support Bluetooth connectivity for HID or Jabra devices.
Voxbi Desktop
windows
voxbi desktop
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
230
Publish
Mixvoip is one of the leading SIP trunk providers in Luxembourg, with local interconnects, regulatory coverage, and advanced features like FMC and Microsoft Teams integration. For more details, visit our SIP trunk Luxembourg page.
SIP trunk
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
231
Publish
On some phones, like Xiaomi devices, calls may appear as "anonymous" when VoLTE is enabled, even if the caller's number is valid. This happens because the phone uses a different method to read the caller ID, and this information is not always transmitted by the network. Recommended solution is to disable VoLTE on your device. Incoming calls should then display the caller's number correctly.
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
232
Publish
Internet packages differ not only in speed but also in the level of service guarantees (SLAs). A higher-tier SLA may cost more, but it provides faster response times and dedicated support. This is particularly important in industries like healthcare, finance, or retail, where internet downtime can cause financial losses, compliance issues, or even safety risks. Investing in a strong SLA protects your business continuity and ensures operations run smoothly in all situations.
SLA
Internet main
SLA
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:30 PM GMT+5:30
233
Publish
Not always. The available internet speeds and technologies depend on the infrastructure at your specific location. Send us your address and preferred options at sales@mixvoip.com, and we’ll let you know which solutions are available for you.
Internet Belgium
Not published
Jan 29, 2026 08:44 PM GMT+5:30
234
Publish
Satellite connectivity requires a clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The antenna must be placed outdoors, ideally on a rooftop or another elevated location free from trees, walls, or other obstacles. It cannot be installed indoors (such as behind a window or under a roof overhang), as this would block the satellite signal.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
In most installations, the antenna is mounted on the roof, with a single PoE-powered Ethernet cable running down to the indoor router.
Mixvoip’s team will assist with configuration, positioning advice, and testing to ensure you get the best possible signal quality. However, we’re not certified rooftop climbers, so for rooftop access or complex mounting, we recommend using a qualified local installer for the physical installation.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
235
Publish
The installation cost depends on how accessible and roof-ready your location is.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
If your roof is easy to reach and everything is prepared, Mixvoip can handle the setup directly: typically from around €150 (for customer-prepared sites where Mixvoip assists with configuration, testing, and consulting).
For more complex rooftop installations requiring professional mounting, waterproof sealing, and cabling, we may need to outsource the work after a site survey or detailed photos. In those cases, total costs can reach up to €2,000, depending on structure and access.
Mobile
Internet Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
236
Publish
Yes, AWS allows customers to encrypt data flowing between your servers and the AWS environment using IEEE 802.1AE (MACSEC). More information can be found here: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directconnect/latest/UserGuide/encryption-in-transit.html
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 03:23 PM GMT+5:30
237
Publish
Both cloud provider bill your outgoing traffic according to your usage. More information can be found here:
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
• Google cloud: https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/pricing#emear-updates
• AWS: https://aws.amazon.com/directconnect/pricing/#data-transfer-from-aws-region-or-local-zone
Cloud connectivity
Multicloud connect
Not published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
238
Publish
Zone Connect EU covers European countries where your plan works. You can find the full list of countries by clicking the link here.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
239
Publish
Yes. You can switch between EU Connect plans as your data needs evolve.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Simply contact our support team to adjust your subscription.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
240
Publish
All EU Connect plans come with our Standard SLA, which outlines the support and service levels you can expect. You can view it through the link on the page.
Mobile abonnement
Mobile
Published
Dec 5, 2025 04:08 PM GMT+5:30
241
Publish
Yes. Whether you manage a single office or multiple sites, Tempus provides centralized control with the flexibility to assign local permissions. This helps standardize processes while adapting to the needs of each location.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Jan 26, 2026 08:09 PM GMT+5:30
242
Publish
Yes. If you're using Voxbi for communication and Tempus for workforce management, an integration can allow data to flow between the two systems to improve internal processes.
Voxbi Tempus
Not published
Jan 26, 2026 08:13 PM GMT+5:30
243
Publish
Invoices are issued on a monthly basis. Recurring services are billed in advance, while usage-based services (such as call traffic) are billed in arrears.
Home page
Not published
Feb 20, 2026 10:07 PM GMT+5:30
Made with Bullet